Sharp Computer Hardware JW 20CM User Manual
Version 2.2  
Produced in Oct. 1997  
R
SHARP Programmable Controller  
New Satellite W series  
Model Name  
Network module  
Remote I/O slave module JW-20RS  
JW-20CM  
User’s Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety Precautions  
Read this manual and attached documents carefully before installation, operation, maintenance and checking  
in order to use the machine correctly. Understand all of the machine knowledge, safety information, and  
cautions before starting to use. In this instruction manual, safety precautions are ranked into "danger" and  
"caution" as follows.  
Danger  
Caution  
: Wrong handling may possibly lead to death or heavy injury.  
: Wrong handling may possibly lead to medium or light injury.  
Even in the case of  
Caution , a serious result may be experienced depending on the  
circumstances. Anyway, important points are mentioned. Be sure to observe them strictly.  
The picture signs of prohibit and compel are explained below.  
: It means don’ts. For example, prohibition of disassembly is indicated as (  
: It means a must. For example, obligation of grounding is indicated as (  
).  
).  
1) Installation  
Caution  
• Use in the environments specified in the catalog, instruction manual, and user's manual.  
Electric shock, fire or malfunction may be caused when used in the environments of high  
temperature, high humidity, dusty or corrosive atmosphere, vibration or impact.  
• Install according to the manual.  
Wrong installation may cause drop, breakdown, or malfunction.  
• Never admit wire chips or foreign matters.  
Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused.  
2) Wiring  
Compel  
• Be sure to ground.  
Unless grounded, electric shock or malfunction may be caused.  
Caution  
• Connect the rated power source.  
Connection of a wrong power source may cause a fire.  
• Wiring should be done by a qualified electrician.  
Wrong wiring may lead to fire, breakdown or electric shock.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3) Use  
Danger  
• Don’t touch the terminal while the power is being supplied or you may have an electric shock.  
• Assemble the emergency stop circuit and interlock circuit outside of the programmable  
controller. Otherwise breakdown or accident damage of the machine may be caused by the  
trouble of the programmable controller.  
Caution  
• “RUN” or “STOP’” during operation should be done with particular care by confirming safety.  
Misoperation may lead to damage or accident of the machine.  
• Turn on the power source in the specified sequence. Turning ON with wrong sequence may  
lead to machine breakdown or accident.  
4) Maintenance  
Prohibit  
• Don’t disassemble or modify the modules.  
Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused.  
Caution  
• Turn OFF the power source before detaching or attaching the module.  
Or electric shock, malfunction or breakdown may be caused.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
■ Configuration of this manual  
The network module JW-20CM has three functions: "remote I/O," "data link," and "computer link" functions.  
Accordingly, this manual describes about these three functions. Read each section according to your use of  
any of these functions.  
Users who use the network module for the first time.  
Read this manual from chapter 1.  
First, thoroughly understanding general, precautions, name and function of each section. Then, read  
the contents from chapter 5 for proper use.  
Users who want to use the remote I/O function.  
Read from chapter 1 to chapter 7 and properly install and connect wiring work of the module. Then set  
switches and parameters by referring chapter 8 for correct use.  
Switch setting  
· Master module: JW-20CM ....... See page 8·9  
· Slave module: JW-20RS .......... See page 8·14  
Parameter setting  
· Master module: JW-20CM ....... See page 8·19  
· Slave module: JW-20RS .......... See page 8·30  
Users who want to use the data link function (including the computer link function)  
Read from chapter 1 to chapter 7 and properly install and connect wiring work of the module. Then set  
switches and parameters by referring chapter 9 for correct use.  
The module also can function the computer link as data link system with a host computer having a  
network module: ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX.  
Switch setting  
· Master module ...............See page 9·17  
· Slave module .................See page 9·17  
Parameter setting  
· Master module ............... See page 9·22  
· Slave module ................. See page 9·33  
Users who want to use only the computer link function  
Read from chapter 1 to chapter 7 and properly install and connect wiring work of the module. Then set  
switches by referring chapter 10 for correct use.  
Switch setting ......... See page 10·3  
Users who want to save and load parameter contents using a support tool.  
Carefully read the contents of chapter 11 for correct use.  
Users who want to add a communication station.  
Carefully read the contents of chapter 7 and add a station.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network module JW-20CM  
Remote I/O slave module JW-20RS  
- User’s Manual -  
Chapter 1. Outline  
Chapter 2. Safety Precautions  
Chapter 3. System Configuration  
Chapter 4. Name and Function of Each Part  
Chapter 5. Installation  
Chapter 6. Processing of Cables  
Chapter 7. Wiring  
Chapter 8. Remote I/O  
Chapter 9. Data Link  
Chapter 10. Computer Link  
Chapter 11. Support Tools  
Chapter 12. Specifications  
Chapter 13. Appendix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of contents  
Chapter 1 Outline ................................................................................................................................... 1·1  
Chapter 2 Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................... 2·1  
2-1 Installation 2·1  
2-2 Wiring 2·1  
2-3 Treatment 2·3  
2-4 Static electricity 2·3  
2-5 Maintenance 2·3  
Chapter 3 System Configuration .......................................................................................................... 3·1  
Chapter 4 Name and Function of Each Part ........................................................................................ 4·1  
4-1 JW-20CM 4·1  
4-2 JW-20RS 4·3  
Chapter 5 Installation............................................................................................................................. 5·1  
5-1 JW-20CM 5·1  
5-2 JW-20RS 5·4  
Chapter 6 Processing of Cables ........................................................................................................... 6·1  
6-1 Processing cable end 6·2  
6-2 Connector crimping procedure 6·5  
Chapter 7 Wiring .................................................................................................................................... 7·1  
7-1 Cable trunk and branch lines 7·1  
7-2 Relaying of trunk cables 7·1  
7-3 Cable wiring procedure in control panel 7·2  
7-4 Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors 7·4  
7-5 Wiring of cables at outside control panels 7·5  
7-6 Check after wiring 7·5  
7-7 Wiring method for adding a communication station 7·6  
7-8 Wiring to power supply module 7·8  
Chapter 8 Remote I/O............................................................................................................................. 8·1  
8-1 Description of remote I/O 8·1  
8-2 Data transfer required time and communication timing 8·3  
8-3 Outline of switch and parameter setting procedure 8·8  
8-4 Error and treatment 8·46  
Chapter 9 Data Link ............................................................................................................................... 9·1  
9-1 Description for data link function 9·1  
9-2 Communication method 9·2  
9-3 Data transfer required time and communication delay time 9·12  
9-4 Expansion of network 9·15  
9-5 Switch setting of master station or slave station 9·17  
9-6 Setting contents of slave station parameters 9·22  
9-7 Setting contents of master station parameters 9·33  
9-8 Error and treatment 9·53  
Chapter 10 Computer link ....................................................................................................................10·1  
10-1 Description for computer link 10·1  
10-2 Computer link function 10·2  
10-3 Switch setting 10·3  
10-4 Command 10·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 11 Support Tools.....................................................................................................................11·1  
11-1 Record and load by ladder software (JW-50SP) 11·1  
11-2 Remote function 11·5  
Chapter 12 Specifications ....................................................................................................................12·1  
12-1 JW-20CM 12·1  
12-2 JW-20RS 12·4  
Chapter 13 Appendix ........................................................................................................................... 13·1  
13-1 Maintenance and check 13·1  
13-2 Switch setting table 13·2  
13-3 Parameter memory table 13·3  
13-4 Address map of data memory 13·20  
13-5 Instructions used with the F200 and F201 link function 13·22  
13-6 Application instruction using instruction system 13·26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1 Outline  
Using network module JW-20CM, you can construct a communications system (satellite net) which  
can easily send and receive an ON/OFF signal (machine information) and numerical data (production  
data) between PCs and a host computer using equipment control.  
Using remote I/O slave module JW-20RS, you can construct a remote I/O system as master station for  
PC that installed JW-20CM.  
PCs which can use JW-20CM and JW-20RS are W70H/100H, JW50/70/100, and JW50H/70H/100H.  
1
① Data link/computer link function  
This function enables to send and receive ON/OFF signals and numeric data between modules on  
a network (satellite net) which is connected PCs and personal computers having network module  
ZW-20CM/JW-20CM/JW-22CM, network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX, and satellite net board Z-  
335J.  
② Remote I/O function  
If remote I/O slave module ZW-20RS/JW-20RS are mounted on I/O modules located separately,  
one PC having a network module JW-20CM can control these slave modules. (Connectable  
maximum 63 modules of slave stations.)  
· In the remote I/O function, the remote I/O can choose either of synchronous or asynchronous for  
sending and receiving data with slave stations.  
Synchronous type: Slave station scans input/output operation one time for each operation of  
the PC.  
Asynchronous type: When PC's operation time is longer than data transfer required time of the  
remote I/O, the slave station scans input/output operation one time for each  
operation of the PC. When PC's operation time is shorter than the data  
transfer required time of the remote I/O, the slave station operate input and  
output one time for several operation of the PC.  
③ Remote programming/remote monitor function  
By constructing a satellite system using the JW-20CM, you can program and monitor other station’s  
PC’s (master station’s PC in case that remote I/O function) on the satellite system using a support  
tool.  
· These remote programming and remote monitor functions are also available beyond one  
hierarchical layer difference (satellite net ←→ satellite net, satellite net ←→ SUMINET-3200).  
* “SUMINET-3200” is a trademark of Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.  
1·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2 Safety Precautions  
2-1 Installation  
● Do not install or store the JW-20CM in the following conditions.  
• Direct sunlight  
• Ambient temperature exceeding the range of 0 to 55 ˚C (Storage temperature : -20 to 70 ˚C)  
• The relative humidity exceeding the range of 35 to 90%.  
• Sudden temperature changes which may cause condensation.  
• Corrosive or inflammable gas  
2
• Vibration or hard jolts  
● Prior to installing or detaching the JW-20CM, make sure to turn OFF the power supply to the PCs.  
● All screws must be tightened firmly.  
2-2 Wiring  
● Make sure to use only the recommended types (see page 6 · 1) for cables, connectors, and crimping  
tools.  
● When using connectors for branch or joint lines, provide jackets to protect connectors.  
(When a connector touches with an external enclosure or the like, a communication error may occur.)  
“T” jacket  
(insulation cover)  
“L” jacket  
(insulation cover)  
● Do not connect the ground terminal of the power supply module together with other equipment’s  
ground lines. Make sure to provide class-3 grounding.  
When the JW-20CM is used without connecting a class-3 grounding, malfunctions by noise may  
occur.  
● Communication cables should be arranged as far from any high voltage lines and strong power lines  
as possible. Do not lay the communication cable parallel or proximate to these lines.  
2·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
● Communication cables should be laid from the master station to the slave station one by one.  
Multiple wiring from one point or wiring without terminators may cause communication errors.  
Joint using a  
connector  
2
● Arrange total cable length within 1 km.  
● Arrange branch cable line from a trunk within 400 mm.  
● Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-20CM.  
While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM will  
cause the welding current to enter the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern.  
JW-20CM  
JW-20CM  
Coaxial cable  
JW-20CM has a  
fuse element here  
Wraparound current  
Turn “ON”  
shield ground  
Turn “ON”  
shield ground  
FG  
FG  
Rack etc.  
Note: In case enough  
conductivity is not  
established.  
Electric welder  
2·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2-3 Treatment  
● For ventilation, holes are provided in the cabinet to prevent a temperature rise. Do not block the  
ventilation holes. Good ventilation is necessary.  
● Never allow a liquid such as water and chemical solution and a metallic object like a copper wire  
inside the JW-20CM to avoid a possible hazard. Otherwise, it may be a cause of machine trouble.  
● When a trouble or abnormal condition such as overheat, fume, or smoke is met, stop the operation  
immediately, and call your dealer or our service department.  
2-4 Static electricity  
2
In extremely dry circumstances, the human body may have excessive static current. This excessive  
static current may damage parts in the JW-20CM’s PC board. Therefore, prior to accessing the JW-  
20CM, touch your hand to a grounded piece of metal to discharge the static current in your body.  
2-5 Maintenance  
Use a clean, dry cloth when cleaning the JW-20CM. Do not use volatile chemicals such as thinner or  
alcohol as it may result in deformation and color fading.  
2·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3 System Configuration  
(Example of system configuration)  
Personal computer  
slave station 02(8)  
Master station 00(8)  
JW-20CM  
Slave station 01(8)  
JW-20CM  
Slave station 77(8)  
JW-22CM  
Slave station  
03(8)  
JW20  
JW20H  
JW30H  
V5  
J-board  
Network module  
PC  
PC  
Z-335J  
3
Data link system  
Compuer link system  
(64 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.)  
Slave station 01(8)  
JW-20RS  
Slave station 77(8)  
JW-20RS  
Slave station 02(8)  
ZW-20RS  
Remote I/O system (slave station : 63 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.)  
“PC” indicates W70H/100H, JW50/70/100, and JW50H/70H/100H.  
3·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4 Name and Function of Each Part  
4-1 JW-20CM  
①
②
⑦
③
4
④
(View removing the cover on the setting section)  
⑤
⑥
① Indication lamps  
Lamps light ON/OFF indicates operation condition.  
Name  
COMM  
Operation  
Lights during communicating  
JW–20CM  
C O M M ○ ○ S 0  
S D ○ ○ S 1  
R D ○ ○ S 2  
C D ○ ○ S 3  
L T ○ ○ S 4  
SD  
Lights when data sending  
RD  
Lights when data receiving  
CD  
Lights when detecting carrier  
T E S T ○ ○ S 5  
E R R O R ○ ○ S 6  
F A U L T ○ ○ S 7  
30Hn  
LT  
Lights when turning "ON" the termination resistance  
Lights during testing  
TEST  
ERROR  
FAULT  
S0 to S7  
Lights at a communication error  
Lights at time up of the watchdog timer  
Lights error code when error occurs.  
② 30Hn mark (Applied to JW30H)  
JW-20CMs having 30Hn mark can communicate with JW30H.  
JW-20CMs having 30H can communicate with conventional modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH/32CUH/  
33CUH). However, when they will communicate with new modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/  
33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3), they recognizes these new modules as conventional modules.  
4·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ Support tool connection connector  
Connect a support tool and set parameter etc.  
④ Setting switch  
Set functions of JW-20CM.  
· MODE switch .... Select functions  
Set at delivery  
C
Number  
Function  
A
MODE  
0
0
0
6
4
0
1
Set at delivery  
Remote I/O  
9
STA.NO.  
×10  
Data link (standard function)  
Computer link  
2
×1  
Data link (memory capacity save function)  
Computer link  
3
L T  
(ON)  
OFF  
ON  
4 to F  
Do not set.  
4
L G  
(ON)  
· S T A . N O.  
× 10, × 1  
.... Set station number  
· L T .... Set ON/OFF of termination resistance  
· L G .... Set shield ground ON/OFF of communication cable  
⑤ Communication cable connection connector  
BNC type receptacle (jack)  
⑥ Connector protective cap  
⑦ Rating plate  
4·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4-2 JW-20RS  
①
②
⑦
③
④
4
⑤
⑥
① Indication lamps  
Lamps light ON/OFF indicates operation condition.  
Name  
Operation  
JW–20RS  
COMM  
SD  
Lights during communicating  
Lights when data sending  
C O M M ○ ○ S 0  
S D ○ ○ S 1  
R D ○ ○ S 2  
C D ○ ○ S 3  
L T ○ ○ S 4  
T E S T ○ ○ S 5  
E R R O R ○ ○ S 6  
F A U L T ○ ○ S 7  
30Hn  
RD  
Lights when data receiving  
CD  
Lights when detecting carrier  
Lights when turning "ON" the termination resistance  
Lights during testing  
LT  
TEST  
ERROR  
FAULT  
S0 to S7  
Lights at a communication error  
Lights at time up of the watchdog timer  
Indicates error code.  
② 30Hn mark (Applied to JW30H)  
JW-20RSs having 30Hn mark can communicate with JW30H.  
JW-20RSs having 30H can communicate with conventional modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH/32CUH/  
33CUH). However, when they will communicate with new modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/  
33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3), they recognizes these new modules as conventional modules.  
4·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ Support tool connection connector  
Connect a support tool and set parameter etc.  
④ Setting switch  
Set functions of JW-20RS.  
· MODE switch .... Select functions  
Set at delivery  
C
Number  
Function  
A
MODE  
2
0
0
6
4
0
1
Do not set.  
Remote I/O (ZW-I/O)  
Remote I/O (JW-I/O)  
Do not set.  
STA.NO.  
×10  
2
3 to F  
×1  
· S T A . N O.  
× 10, × 1  
L T  
.... Set station number  
(ON)  
OFF  
ON  
· L T .... Set ON/OFF of termination resistance  
· L G .... Set shield ground ON/OFF of communication cable  
4
L G  
(ON)  
Output hold  
switch  
⑤ Communication cable connection connector  
BNC type receptacle (jack)  
⑥ Connector protective cap  
⑦ Rating plate  
⑧ Output hold switch  
Set the status of the output module when the JW-20RS stops operation.  
※
Output hold  
switch ⑧  
· In case of using ZW-I/O  
HOLD: Holds operation condition  
RST: All points is OFF  
· In case of using JW-I/O  
Be sure to setting at HOLD.  
Keep the switch marked with ※ as the setting at delivery (condition in the figure above).  
4·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 Installation  
5-1 JW-20CM  
(1)Installation of cable for option module  
Install the optional cable on the basic rack panel that installed JW-20CM.  
Basic rack panel  
model name  
Cable for option  
module  
PC module name  
W70H  
Available for using I/O  
ZW-28KB  
ZW-46KB  
ZW-28KB  
ZW-46KB  
JW-4BU  
JW-6BU  
JW-8BU  
JW-13BU  
ZW-2CC  
ZW model  
W100H  
JW50  
ZW-2CC/4CC  
ZW-2CC  
I/O module of ZW model  
JW70  
ZW-2CC/4CC  
ZW-2CC  
JW100  
JW50H  
JW70H  
JW100H  
JW model  
ZW-2CC/4CC  
ZW-2CC/4CC/6CC  
ZW-2CC/4CC/6CC  
I/O module of JW model  
5
In case that install a basic rack panel JW-4BU to ZW-2CC  
① Bend the optional cable  
Basic rack panel face  
Install the cable in a manner  
that it may be slack towards  
the rack panel.  
5·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② Attach the connectors in the optional cable one after another, starting from the left side.  
Basic rack panel  
JW-4BU  
Pay close attention to the  
installation of the connector.  
Cable for  
option module  
ZW-2CC  
5
6 mounting screws  
(Attached to cable for  
option module)  
5·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Installation of JW-20CM  
Attach the basic rack panel using the two attachment screws.  
Before installation or removal, make sure to shut OFF the power supply to the PC.  
(Example) Install on basic rack panel JW-4BU  
· This module can be installed in any one of the optional slots.  
· Be careful not to bend the connector pins on the module by applying too much force to them.  
Basic rack  
panel  
Module  
Phillips  
screwdriver  
5
· More than one modules of JW-20CM can be installed on one basic rack panel. However they  
cannot communicate by crossing-over another network.  
Unavailable  
communication between  
A and C.  
A
Available communication  
between A and B, B and  
C, B and B, and C and C.  
B
B
C
C
C
C
· Optional slots have each port numbers. When an error occurs, the JW-20CM stores the port  
number corresponding to the error occurred module into system memory #050 in the PC. This is  
applied only error code 53: Optional error.  
(Ex.: JW-13BU)  
② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
⑦
Control module  
▲
Port number  
5·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5-2 JW-20RS  
Choose type of basic rack panel of the remote I/O slave module (JW-20RS) considering kinds and  
number of I/O modules to be installed.  
Kinds of I/O modules  
Rack panel model name  
ZW-08BU (for 8 modules)  
ZW-04KB (for 4 modules)  
ZW-02KB (for 2 modules)  
JW-4BU (for 4 modules)  
JW-6BU (for 6 modules)  
JW-8BU (for 8 modules)  
JW-13BU (for 13 modules)  
I/O module of ZW model  
I/O module of JW model  
When I/O modules for JW model are used, maximum two modules of basic rack panel can be connected  
per one remote I/O slave module. However, I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-1EA/JW-2EA) cannot be  
used.  
5
2 rack panel max.  
5·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(1)Installation of power supply module  
Attach the end left of rack panel using the two module attachment screws.  
Module attachment screw hole  
Phillips screwdriver  
Output connector  
5
Module attachment screw hole  
Phillips screwdriver  
Rack panel attachment screw  
5·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Installation of JW-20RS  
Install the JW-20RS in the second slot from the left end using the two module attachment screws.  
Before installation or removal, make sure to shut OFF the power supply to the PC.  
Module attachment  
screw hole  
Power supply module  
Phillips screwdriver  
5
JW-20RS  
5·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6 Processing of Cables  
Make sure to use the recommended models shown below for cables and connectors.  
Name  
Maker  
Model  
Mitsubishi Cable  
Industries,. Ltd.  
Fujikura Cable,. Ltd.  
Furukawa Denko  
Corporation  
High frequency  
coaxial cable  
Cable  
ME-5C-2V  
Chugoku Cable,. Ltd.  
Shinagawa Cable,. Ltd.  
ME-42H  
Dice: 67-42H  
Toko Denshi Corporation  
Crimping tools  
CST-TM  
Stripper for high frequency  
coaxial cable  
Nihon Weidmüller  
Co., Ltd.  
The system consists of the  
main body, a blade cassette,  
and a blade setting gauge  
“L” jacket  
SB-2878  
SB-2879  
Shinagawa Shoko  
Co., Ltd.  
Jacket  
“T” jacket  
6
Insulation  
Nitto Denko  
Corporation  
Self-adhesive tape  
NO.11  
tape  
Connector  
ME-GP-01  
Straight  
ME-JJ-01  
ME-LA-01  
ME-TA-01  
ME-75  
Toko Denshi Corporation  
DDK Ltd.  
Elbow  
Connectors  
T’s  
Termination  
6·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-1 Processing cable end  
① Applicable cable  
High frequency coaxial cable: ME-5C-2V  
② Required tools  
Stripper for high frequency coaxial cable: CST-TM  
③ Processing procedure  
<Basic operation>  
Front  
Cable holder  
Move the cam wheel of the stripper (amber colored  
ring) back and forth and the cable holder moves back  
and forth accordingly. Confirm this movement of the  
stripper first.  
Cam wheel  
Rear  
To hold the stripper, put your forefinger through the  
hole and move the cam while pushing back and forth  
with your thumb.  
<Pressure setting>  
Set the operation range of the cable holder by moving  
the slider at the bottom of the body. Move to the left  
to increase pressure.  
Blade cassette  
6
In this example, set the slider to the cam wheel side’s  
end (right side) to set the pressure to low.  
Blade (slashed area)  
Within 1 mm  
Set the blade to within  
1 mm in order not to  
damage the blade by  
the blade setting gauge.  
<Adjustment of blade cutting depth>  
Adjust the cutting depth of the blade by turning the  
two screws at both ends of the screw holder. Set  
the blade position to within 1 mm from the cutting  
surface of the blade cassette prior to adjusting the  
cutting depth. For the cutting depth adjustment, use  
the “blade setting gauge” supplied as an accessory  
and match the blade position with the caved position  
of the gauge. Then move the cam wheel forward  
and secure firmly. Turn right lightly both adjustment  
screws at either end of the screw holder for  
adjustment. (Be careful not to break the blade setting  
gauge as it is made of aluminum.)  
Cam wheel  
Left  
Slider  
Right  
Screw holder  
(Fine adjustment is required to get the  
optimum cutting depth.)  
To the next page  
Blade setting gauge  
6·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Internal conductor  
(annealed copper single wire)  
Insulator  
(semi-transparent)  
Coating  
(black)  
External conductor  
(meshed annealed copper wire)  
From the previous page  
<Cutting of coating, external conductor,  
and insulator>  
Put a coaxial cable while remaining approximately 10 mm into  
the cable stripper and securely tighten the cable with the middle  
finger, ring finger, and little finger of your left hand in order to  
hold stable during turning the stripper.  
Put your right hand forefinger into the cam wheel and execute  
the procedure in order from step 1 below.  
Press the cam wheel forward 3 times and turn  
the stripper in the direction of arrow 2 to 3  
times.  
Press the cam wheel forward 1 time and then  
turn the stripper in the direction of arrow a  
further 2 to 3 times.  
Press the cam wheel forward 1 more time and  
turn the stripper in the direction of the arrow  
another 2 to 3 times.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
10  
mm  
6
<Removal of coating, external conductor,  
and insulator>  
While holding the coaxial cable with your left hand, grip the  
cable stripper so that it keeps a right angle against the coaxial  
cable, and press out the cable stripper with your left hand’s  
thumb.  
When the adjustment  
of the blade is not  
required  
If the stripper cannot be removed smoothly,  
adjustment of the blade is not appropriate. In this  
case slide the cam wheel backward and remove  
the coaxial cable. Then adjust the blade.  
<Fine adjustment of blade cutting depth>  
When the cutting depth is too shallow or too deep, and  
damages the external conductor or the internal conductor, turn  
the screws on the screw holder and adjust the blade depth a  
little.  
To the next page  
6·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
<Display of blade setting>  
We recommend that in order to keep the adjusted  
position of the adjustment screws, after completion  
of adjustment for the coaxial cable and the screw  
holder, write the screw position etc. on a sticker  
and adhere it to the adjustment screws.  
<Replacement of blades>  
Blade cassette  
Hold up the upper section of the screw holder with  
a minus driver, and open the screw holder.  
Remove the blade cassette and reinsert by turning  
the current blade back side front or insert a new  
blade cassette from its top.  
Screw holder  
6
<Processing of cable end>  
Cut the internal conductor of the coaxial cable,  
which is already cut by the stripper, using a nipper  
etc. to the optimum dimension of 4 mm.  
10 mm±0.5 mm  
A
B
A: 10±0.5 mm  
B: 4±0.5 mm  
6·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-2 Connector crimping procedure  
Connector parts  
① Required tools: Hand-held crimping tool  
Model  
Dice No.  
Crimping width  
: ME-42H  
: 67-42H  
: 10 mm  
Sleeve  
Contact  
Shell  
② Connector: ME-GP-01  
③ Processing procedure  
<Insert a sleeve>  
Put through a sleeve to an end-processed high  
frequency coaxial cable.  
A
B
A: 10±0.5 mm  
B: 4±0.5 mm  
Sleeve  
<Crimping contact>  
6
Insert a contact into the internal conductor and crimp.  
Put a contact into dice having a  
diamond shape and closely stick its  
end surface with the insulator and the  
dice. Pull the moving frame to the  
fixing frame side and crimp until the  
ratchet is removed.  
Internal conductor  
Crimping dice  
Contact  
Fixing frame  
-
TT 237  
(Crimping width: 2.2 mm)  
Moving frame  
Crimping dice  
Contact  
Crimp  
Insulator  
Widen a little  
Dice blade shape  
2.2 mm  
Closed  
contact  
Closed contact  
* Use the crimping tool in the direction  
shown in the illustration right.  
-
TT 237  
Using the crimping tool in the reverse  
direction will not crimp correctly.  
To the next page  
6·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
<Fixing the connector>  
Slightly widen the external conductor of the  
coaxial cable, which is crimped to a contact on  
the internal conductor, in order to smoothly enter  
the shell inside the external conductor. Press in  
the external conductor end of the coaxial cable  
to just before the crimping part of the shell and  
put the sleeve into the crimping section. Then  
press in the coaxial cable until a “click” sound  
can be heard. Confirm that the contact end point  
touches your finger cushion.  
Shell  
Widen a little  
Sleeve  
Crimping section  
Finger  
<Crimping external conductor>  
Completely put into  
the crimping section.  
Crimp the external conductor.  
Insert thoroughly the sleeve into the  
crimping section of the shell and crimp.  
Put the sleeve in the hexagonal dice  
and closely stick the shell to the  
crimping dice. Pull the moving frame  
to the fixing frame side while pressing  
the coaxial cable and shell from both  
sides, and crimp until the ratchet is  
removed.  
10  
6
Dice blade shape  
Crimping dice  
Closed contact  
(Crimping width: 10 mm)  
Dice blade shape  
looking from this side  
Push  
* Use the crimping tool in the direction  
shown in the illustration right.  
Using the crimping tool in the reverse  
direction will not crimp correctly.  
-
TT 237  
<Insulation test>  
Insulation test of shell and contact  
Using a tester, check the conductivity  
between the internal conductor and  
the external conductor in the  
connector. When the indication of  
the tester shows ∞ ohms, the  
insulation is appropriate.  
<Conductivity test>  
Conductivity test  
After short-circuiting the one end  
of the connector crimped to the  
coaxial cable, check that  
conductivity is attained.  
6·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7 Wiring  
7-1 Cable trunk and branch lines  
① On the illustration of the cable wiring below, a bold line means a trunk and the thin lines branched  
from the trunk with a “T” shape are called branch lines.  
Branch line  
400 mm max.  
Trunk cable  
② The length of branch lines branched from the trunk should be within 400 mm.  
Branch line  
400  
mm  
Trunk cable  
7
③ Total cable length should be within 1 km.  
7-2 Relaying of trunk cables  
① To relay trunk cables, use the straight joint (ME-JJ-01).  
ME-JJ-01  
② Relaying of trunk cables should be limited to indispensable cases only. Inadvertent relaying of  
trunk cables may cause a communication fault such as a weakened signal level due to contact  
resistance in the junction connector (straight).  
Junction  
Junction  
7·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-3 Cable wiring procedure in control panel  
[1] Fixing of the cable  
Saddle  
In order not to put any force on the cable and the  
JW-20CM, fasten the cable to an line nearby input  
of a control panel or a “T” branch point to the JW-  
20CM using saddles etc.  
Saddle  
[2] Extra length of cable  
Provide an extra length of the cable of 2 to 3 m  
inside a control panel for easier processing of the  
cable end and easier wiring when changing module  
positions.  
An extra length of  
cable of 2 to 3 m  
[3] Connection to the JW-20CM  
Communication cable  
connection connector  
The connector to the JW-20CM should be turned  
right to secure locking, not merely inserted.  
7
[4] Insulation cover  
“T” jacket  
(insulation cover)  
When the connector touches with a high voltage  
section or external enclosures, communication  
errors may occur. Make sure to install an insulation  
cover.  
“L” jacket  
(insulation cover)  
7·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[5] Grounding of power supply module  
Make sure to connect the GND terminal of the power supply module to a class-3 grounding.  
• If the power supply module is not grounded, the JW-20CM cannot conduct with the ground after  
turning “ON” the shield ground switch.  
In case of AC power supply module (JW-1PU)  
Power supply module (JW-1PU)  
SHORT  
200 VAC  
Input power voltage  
switching terminal  
SHORT  
100 VAC  
INPUT  
Power input  
terminal  
AC/AC  
100V 200V  
GND  
Class-3  
grounding  
GND (ground)  
terminal  
HALT  
OUTPUT  
Halt signal  
output terminal  
Detail of the terminal block  
7
7·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-4 Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors  
In order to prevent water intrusion into the “T” branch connectors and the straight connectors, we  
recommend to wind a self-adhesive tape and provide waterproof processing for them. For insulation  
purposes, cover these connectors with jackets.  
[1] “T” branch connector  
To wind a self-adhesive tape, cut the tape at about 10 cm each and start winding from position ①.  
Start winding cut tapes from ② and ③ as well.  
②
Self-adhesive tape  
①
③
T’s  
[2] Straight connector  
7
To wind the self-adhesive tape, cut the tape at about 15 cm each and start winding from position ① .  
Self-adhesive tape  
①
Straight  
Remarks  
Prior to adhering the tape, clean the surface of the connectors and stick the adhesive side of  
the tape on the connector surface. Wind to lightly spread on the connector surface, and overlap  
with the next wrap to half of the tape width. Wind the tape for each wrap evenly so that the  
connector metal portion is completely covered with the tape.  
Be careful not to excessively stretch the tape.  
7·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-5 Wiring of cables at outside control panels  
① Do not bundle the coaxial cable (the trunk and branch lines) together with power cables, and  
separate from power cables at least by 100 mm. Do not put the coaxial cable into a power line wired  
duct. The best way is to put the communication line in an independent duct.  
② Be careful that the coaxial cable does not receive any load by laying under a heavy weight such as  
other cables.  
When other cables run in the same duct as the coaxial cable, run the coaxial cable on the top  
position.  
③ Do not run the coaxial cable outdoors as it may cause damage to the JW-20CM due to inductive  
lightning or atmospheric charge during lightning.  
7-6 Check after wiring  
Check the items below after completion of wiring.  
7
Check contents  
1
2
3
4
5
6
The recommended connector types are used.  
The connectors are securely locked.  
The connectors are insulated by T jacket or L jacket.  
The recommended coaxial cable type is used.  
Curved radius of the coaxial cables are more than 45 mm.  
No heavy load is on the coaxial cables.  
The coaxial cable is not bundled with a power line cable.  
(Away from power line cables more than 100 mm.)  
Length of branch lines is shorter than 400 mm.  
Total length of the cable is less than 1 km.  
7
8
9
Settings of the termination resistance switch and the shield ground switch are as per  
the drawings.  
10  
7·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-7 Wiring method for adding a communication station  
[1] Branching method  
When branching a line for an additional station, be sure to branch from the trunk using a T connector.  
Never branch from a branch line.  
Station number  
0 6 (8)  
Station number  
0 2 (8)  
Station number  
0 3 (8)  
Trunk  
Station number  
0 2 (8)  
Station number  
0 3 (8)  
cable  
Branch  
Addition  
Trunk  
line  
cable  
Junction  
Station number  
0 6 (8)  
Station number  
0 2 (8)  
Station number  
0 3 (8)  
Branch line  
[2] Station number of the additional station  
Station number of the newly added station should be next largest number from the current largest  
numbered station. Each station should not be required to be arranged in order of each station’s  
number.  
7
００(8)  
０２(8)  
０３(8)  
０４(8)  
０５(8)  
０１(8)  
Addition  
Sequential number  
００（8）  
０１（8）  
０６（8）  
０３（8）  
０５（8）  
０２（8）  
０４（8）  
means the termination resistance switch being turned “ON.”  
7·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[3] Notes  
When adding a communication station, follow the items below.  
No.  
Item  
Reason  
Another branch line from a branch line may not give  
1
Branch from the trunk cable.  
appropriate communication by reflection wave.  
The use of the same station number twice may cause  
communication errors.  
Don’t use the same station number  
twice.  
2
3
4
5
6
When the newly added station becomes a termination of  
the circuit, change the setting of the LT switch.  
Check the termination resistance  
switch.  
Provide extra length for the  
expansion cable.  
Have enough cable length in order to provide easy wiring.  
Longer wiring may cause communication error by signal  
attenuation.  
Do not exceed the 1 km limit for total  
length of the cable.  
Change the layout drawing for  
installation.  
Maintain the added work data for future maintenance use.  
When the communication area or the flag area of the  
added station overlaps with other addresses in use,  
communication errors may occur.  
Do not overlap with any PC’s  
communication area.  
7
8
Without setting the parameter memory of the master  
station and that of the slave station, the added station  
cannot communicate.  
Set the parameter memory of the  
master station and that of the newly  
added station.  
7
7·7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-8 Wiring to power supply module  
[1] JW-1PU  
· Open the terminal block cover, fasten with the screw with torque of less than 12kg·cm.  
· A maximum of three halt output lines can be connected serial. To use more than three sets, use  
a relay for interconnection.  
In case of 100 VAC input  
In case of 100 VAC input  
Terminal block cover  
1
SHORT  
200 VAC  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SHORT  
100 VAC  
INPUT  
100 VAC  
or 200 VAC  
Terminal block  
cover  
GND  
halt output  
line  
DC relay  
The coil rating must conform to the power supply voltage.  
7
In case of using DC output module, connect the AC relay in the halt output line and insert the  
contact with the emergency stop circuit.  
In case of 200 VAC input  
· In case of using 200 VAC, switched to the 200 V side in terminal block of power supply module.  
· If 200 V is added with the clip connected to the 100 V side, it may damage the power supply  
module.  
In case of 100 VAC input  
1
SHORT  
200 VAC  
2
SHORT  
100 VAC  
7
8
1A  
SSR  
3
4
5
6
200 VAC  
input  
GND  
Halt output internal circuit  
7·8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[2] JW-2PU  
· Open the terminal block cover, fasten with the screw with torque of less than 12kg·cm.  
· Halt output lines can not be connected serial. To use more than two sets, use a relay for  
interconnec-tion.  
Terminal block  
cover  
In case of 24 VDC input  
1
Do not use.  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
INPUT  
24 VDC  
Terminal block  
cover  
GND  
-
Halt output  
line  
+
DC relay  
The coil rating must conform to the power supply voltage.  
Connect the DC relay in the halt output line and insert the contact with the emergency stop  
circuit.  
7
Remarks  
· Connect without confusing polarities of input power supply and halt output signal.  
· Wrong polarity connection may damage the power supply module when charged.  
7
1A  
8
Halt output internal circuit  
7·9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8 Remote I/O  
8-1 Description of remote I/O  
· If remote I/O slave module JW-20RS is installed on I/O modules located separately, one PC (master  
station) having a network module JW-20CM can control these I/O modules.  
· Connect between a master station JW-20CM and slave station JW-20RS using one coaxial cable. As  
the network module JW-20CM and remote I/O slave module JW-20RS control communication, there is  
no need any special program for the PC.  
· More than one master stations can be mounted on one PC.  
· Maximum 63 modules of slave stations can be connected within the cable total extension length 1 km.  
· If a JW model PC has a master station, it can connect with stave stations having JW model I/O modules  
and slave stations having ZW model I/O modules. However, mixed installation of JW and ZW model  
I/O modules on one slave station is not available.  
If a master station is installed on a ZW model PC, it can connect only with slave stations  
having ZW model I/O modules.  
[
]
Master staion 00(8)  
JW-20CM  
Slave staion 01(8)  
JW-20RS  
Slave staion 02(8)  
ZW-20RS  
Slave staion 77(8)  
JW-20RS  
(JW-I/O)  
(JW-I/O)  
(JW-I/O)  
PC  
8
(Slave station : 63 stations max., cable total extension length : 1km max.)  
8·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
· Rack panel can use 2 sets max. per slave station. But, unavailable for use I/O bus expansion adapter  
(JW-1EA,JW-2EA).  
2 rack panels max.  
· Special I/O module of JW model has the following limitation for number of modules to be used.  
Total of special I/O module  
8 modules max.  
128 bytes max.  
32 modules max.  
512 bytes max.  
Per remote I/O slave station  
Total number of bytes of special I/O module  
Total of special I/O module  
All remote I/O slave station  
Module name  
Total number of bytes of special I/O module  
Model name  
JW-8AD  
Number of occupied bytes  
36 bytes  
Analog input  
Analog output  
JW-2DA  
JW-2HC  
JW-31LM  
8 bytes  
High-speed counter  
I/O link master station  
8 bytes  
2 to 64 bytes  
JW-11DU  
JW-12DU  
ID control module  
Positioning module  
Maximum 64 bytes  
16 bytes  
8
JW-12PM  
· Allocation of number of I/O points per remote I/O slave station have “fixed allocation” and “manual  
allocation.”  
Available for  
connected number  
of slave stations  
Allocation  
method  
Number of I/O  
points per station  
Total number  
of I/O points  
Contents  
4032 points  
(504 bytes)  
64 points  
63 stations  
32 stations  
Fixed  
allocation  
·
Allocate for every 64 points or  
128 points  
4096 points  
(512 bytes)  
128 points  
·
·
Allocate between 8 to 1024  
points in 8 point unit  
(Example 1)  
In case of 64 points  
4096 points  
(512 bytes)  
63 stations  
4 stations  
Number of connectable slave  
stations and total number of  
I/O points are limited, 63  
stations and 4096 points at  
maximum, be careful do not  
exceed these limitaitons.  
Manual  
allocation  
(Example 2)  
In case of 1024  
points  
4096 points  
(512 bytes)  
8·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8-2 Data transfer required time and communication timing  
(1)Required time for data transfer  
Time required for a master station to communicate with all the slave stations is determined by number  
of connected stations and number of points of all slave stations, as well as number of data bytes of  
JW model special I/O modules.  
(N + 136 x P) x 2  
T =  
+ 1.4P + 5.3 + 2.5 (P + 1) + α [ms]  
1250  
N : Total number of data bytes of all the slave station’s I/O model and JW model special I/O  
modules (value to be calculated by number of bytes × 8 points)  
P : Number of slave stations  
136 : Use 136 bits for station address on the communication format and error check function.  
1250 : Baud rate; 1.25 M bit/sec.  
1.4P + 5.3 : Data processing time of the master station  
2.5 : Total sequential send processing of the communication stations.  
α : Communication time at executing remote program/remote monitor.  
8
Remarks  
· If "synchronous" is selected, one scan cycle time of a PC will vary with change of transfer  
required time.  
· Number of data bytes on the JW model special I/O module is a value set in parameter  
address 000600 to 000777(8) on the master station.  
8·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Communication timing  
· For communication with slave stations, either of "synchronous" and "asynchronous" can be selected  
for operation with the master station PC.  
· When "synchronous" is selected, the JW-20CM communicates with synchronize with operation (one  
scan) of the master station PC.  
· When "asynchronous" is selected, the JW-20CM communicates with slave stations regardless of  
operation of the master station PC. Therefore, even if communication of all stave stations is not  
completed, the JW-20CM starts data exchange with the master station and PC.  
JW-20CM  
PC  
Bus/interface port  
Communication control port  
RAM  
ROM  
ROM RAM  
S
I
O
Buffer  
memory  
Data  
memory  
RAM  
Bus bonding  
CTC  
Communication  
control  
CTC  
Interface  
CPU  
CPU  
SIO  
Processing of PC side  
Processing of JW-20CM  
Check PC  
hardware  
Zero-cross  
synchronization  
8
I/O processing  
Remote  
communication  
complete?  
NO  
YES  
Data exchange with  
remote I/O master  
station RAM  
Data exchange with  
data memory  
Remote I/O  
communication processing  
PC operation  
NO  
Communication  
complete?  
YES  
Remarks  
The slave station will not performs the zero-cross operation even if the master station PC is  
“set zero-cross (zero-cross switch 07367 at OFF)”.  
8·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
① Operational synchronous  
When more than one JW-20CM is installed while using the remote I/O function, set only one module  
as “operational synchronous.” When a link module ZW-10CM or JW-10CM is used for remote I/O, the  
JW-20CM should be set as “operational asynchronous.”  
a. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is longer than data transfer  
time of the remote I/O:  
I/O processing  
at PC side  
Data exchange with the buffer memory  
I/O processing at PC side  
PC scan cycle  
PC operation time  
Remote I/O data  
transfer processing  
Remote I/O data  
transfer processing  
b. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is shorter than data transfer  
time of the remote I/O:  
I/O processing at PC side  
PC scan cycle  
Data exchange with the buffer memory  
I/O processing at PC side  
PC operation time  
Remote I/O data transfer processing  
Waiting time  
8
※ A waiting time is provided after the PC process to match with end timing of the data transfer  
process of the remote I/O so that the remote I/O can synchronize with the PC scan cycle.  
② Operational asynchronous  
The special I/O module can not be used with the remote I/O slave module as the special I/O module  
cannot synchronize with the master station PC for data exchange.  
a. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is longer than data transfer  
time of the remote I/O:  
Same as operational synchronous above.  
b. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is shorter than data transfer  
time of the remote I/O:  
I/O processing  
at PC side  
Data exchange with the buffer memory  
I/O processing at PC side  
PC scan cycle  
PC operation time  
PC operation time  
PC operation time  
Remote I/O data transfer processing  
Remote I/O data transfer processing  
8·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Data flow with slave module  
I/O processing of the slave module shall be carried out after completion of communication with the  
master station.  
Master station  
Slave station 1  
JW-20RS I/O module  
Slave station 2  
PC JW-20CM  
JW-2
0
R
S
I
/
O
m
od  
u
le  
Input signal  
信  
I/O processing  
Data exchange  
Communication  
信  
with slave station 1  
I/O processing  
Communication  
with slave station 2  
信  
I/O processing  
I/O pro  
Data exchange  
c
e
ss  
in  
g
I/O processing  
Output signal  
信  
I/O processing  
Data exchange  
Communication  
with slave station 1  
信  
I/O processing  
Communication  
with slave station 2  
信  
I/O processing  
8
8·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(4)Voltage interruption time of slave module  
The voltage interruption operation of slave module is carried out for service interruption signal (PF  
signal) of power supply module, watchdog timer of slave module, and check 5 V power regardless of  
setting voltage interruption time (#246) of master module.  
Start  
No  
PF signal OFF  
· The PF signal of the power supply module goes “OFF” below  
85% of the rated voltage.  
Yes  
Communicating  
at remote I/O  
No  
· The watchdog timer of the slave module goes time-up in “320  
ms.”  
I/O processing of I/O module  
Yes  
Yes  
Output hold  
RST  
switch  
No  
· When output hold switch is “RST,” the all halt output and output  
module become “OFF” when communication with master station  
have interruption of 320 ms.  
Watchdog timer  
time-up  
No  
No  
5V power 4.5V max.  
Yes  
Halt output “open”  
All output module “OFF”  
End  
· When the check of 5 V power is gone below 4.5 V, all are forced to reset. The power supply characteristics  
varies according to the consumption current of the power supply module as following diagrams.  
8
120  
Output hold time  
Output hold time  
280  
240  
200  
160  
120  
80  
100 VAC 50H input  
(ZW-1PU)  
24 VDC input  
(ZW-2PU)  
5.1V,7A load  
(ZW-1PU)  
100  
80  
60  
40  
20  
0
5.1V,5A load  
(ZW-2PU)  
85V/170V 100V/200V  
120V/240V 132V/264V  
40  
AC input voltage  
20V  
24V  
28V  
32V  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DC input voltage  
Load current [A]  
8·7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8-3 Outline of switch and parameter setting procedure  
In brackets: See page  
Start  
Power “OFF” master/slave station  
Set switch of master module  
Set switch of slave module  
Set parameter of slave module  
Set parameter of master module  
End  
[8·9]  
[8·14]  
[8·19]  
[8·30]  
Remarks  
8
· Make sure to turn “OFF” the power of the PC prior to setting the switch.  
· Parameter must be started from the slave module first.  
· Prior to setting the parameters of master module, set the operation mode of the JW-20CM  
to “program mode.”  
· Make sure to write the set parameters into the EEPROM on the JW-20CM after setting.  
8·8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(1)Switch setting of master module (JW-20CM)  
Operation procedure  
In brackets: See page  
Start  
Power “OFF” master/slave station  
Remove the setting switch cover.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
Attach label  
[8·10]  
[8·10]  
[8·10]  
[8·11]  
[8·12]  
[8·13]  
8
End  
8·9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Turn master module and slave module  
power “OFF.”  
Remove the setting switch cover of master  
module JW-20CM.  
· With your fingertips over the top and bottom  
of the switch cover, pull the cover towards  
you to remove it.  
· Keep the cover saved as it must be installed  
after switch setting.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
· Be sure to setting “1.”  
Setting value  
Function  
Set at delivery  
Remote I/O  
C
A
0
1
MODE  
6
4
Data link (standard  
function)  
2
3
Computer link  
Data link (memory  
capacity save function)  
8
Computer link  
Test mode  
A service man will use  
these switches for  
adjustment.  
4-F  
Do not set “4 to F.”  
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
8
8
7
7
9
1
6
4
· Set the station address to “00.”  
STA.NO.  
X10  
9
1
6
4
X1  
To the next page  
8·10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
L T  
(ON)  
• When a JW-20CM master module is at either  
end the communication line, make sure to  
set the termination resistance switch "ON."  
L G  
(ON)  
Turn ON the termination resistance  
switches on these two stations.  
Reference: Function of the termination resistance switch  
If the communication line does not have a termination resistance, the high frequency signal will  
be reflected at the ends of the cable. These reflected signals can collide with the original  
communication signals, so that some stations will not be able to communicate normally. The  
use of termination resistance suppresses reflected signals. If the termination resistance switch  
on any of the stations in between the end of the cable is turned ON, the station will generate a  
reflection wave signal or attenuate the original signal and may not communicate normally.  
· When the trunk line has a branch in it, turn ON the termination resistance at the station on the  
trunk cable.  
8
Termination  
resistance (ON)  
Drop cable  
(branch line should  
"T" branch  
be less than 400 mm)  
Trunk cable  
· If you use a terminator (termination resistance made by Toko Denshi: ME-75) at the end of a  
signal cable, turn OFF the termination resistance at the station on the end of the cable.  
Terminator  
Terminator  
Less than 1 km  
Terminator: ME-75  
To the next page  
8·11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
L T  
(ON)  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
L G  
(ON)  
· For communication lines, use a coaxial cable.  
· As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit,  
ground its shield by turning “ON” the shield  
ground switch.  
Coaxial cable  
Turn “ON” shield ground  
switch  
Turn “ON” shield ground  
switch  
• Make sure to provide a class-3 grounding for the GND terminal of the power supply module.  
Without grounding the power supply module, the JW-20CM cannot become conductive with the  
ground after turning “ON” the shield ground switch. (See page 7·2.)  
• Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-20CM.  
While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM  
will cause the welding current to the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern.  
JW-20CM  
JW-20CM  
8
Coaxial cable  
JW-20CM has a fuse element here.  
Wrap around current  
Note:  
Turn “ON” shield  
ground switch  
Turn “ON” shield  
ground switch  
FG  
Rack etc.  
Note: In case enough  
conductivity is not  
established.  
Electric welder  
To the next page  
8·12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Attach label  
· Attach the remote I/O master station label to  
this module, make setting “remote I/O master  
station function” clear.  
· Write “FIX” on this label.  
LINK FUNCTION  
REMOTE I/O  
MASTER  
STATION NO.  
FIX  
Switch setting end of master module  
8
8·13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Switch setting of slave module (JW-20RS)  
Operation procedure All slave module in common for setting method  
In brackets: See page  
Start  
Power “OFF” master/slave station  
Set output hold switch  
[8·15]  
[8·15]  
[8·15]  
[8·16]  
Remove the setting switch cover.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
Attach label  
8
[8·16]  
[8·17]  
[8·18]  
End  
8·14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Power “OFF” master/slave station  
Set output hold switch  
※２  
Output hold  
switch  
· Set this switch whether to "latch" or "turn OFF  
all points" of output circuits when the slave  
module JW-20RS stops operation.  
· In case of using I/O module of JW model, be  
sure to setting “HOLD”.  
Keep *2 switch above as  
delivered condition.  
Switch setting  
Contents  
[
]
HOLD "Hold"  
RST※1 "All points OFF"  
In case of using I/O  
module of ZW model  
In case of using I/O  
module of JW model  
HOLD Setting at "hold"  
※ 1 When the slave module JW-20RS stopped, the halt output turns “open” and output module  
sets “all points OFF”. (See page 8·50).  
Remove the setting switch cover of master  
module JW-20RS.  
· With your fingertips over the top and bottom  
of the switch cover, pull the cover towards  
you to remove it.  
8
· Keep the cover saved as it must be installed  
after switch setting.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
C
· Select the model of I/O module that installed  
MODE  
on respective slave module.  
4
Setting value  
Model of I/O module  
The mode switch is set to “2” at delivery.  
Positions "3 to F" will be used only by our service  
man. Do not set the switch to these positions.  
1
2
I/O module of ZW model  
I/O module of JW model  
· If the master station PC is JW model, it can connect to the slave modules having "ZW model I/O  
module" and "JW model I/O module" on the same circuit.  
To the next page  
8·15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
8
7
7
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
9
6
4
STA.NO.  
×10  
2 1  
3
· Set "STA. NO" (station number) in octal  
notation in sequential numbers from 01 to 77.  
Be careful that there is no doubled setting or  
lacked number setting. (Number of  
connectable slave stations: See page 8·2)  
8
9
6
4
×1  
2 1  
3
L T  
(ON)  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
L G  
(ON)  
• When a JW-20RS slave module is at either  
end the communication line, make sure to  
set the termination resistance switch "ON."  
Turn ON the termination resistance  
switches on these two stations.  
Reference: Function of the termination resistance switch  
If the communication line does not have a termination resistance, the high frequency signal will  
be reflected at the ends of the cable. These reflected signals can collide with the original  
communication signals, so that some stations will not be able to communicate normally. The  
use of termination resistance suppresses reflected signals. If the termination resistance switch  
on any of the stations in between the end of the cable is turned ON, the station will generate a  
reflection wave signal or attenuate the original signal and may not communicate normally.  
8
· When the trunk line has a branch in it, turn ON the termination resistance at the station on the  
trunk cable.  
Termination  
resistance (ON)  
Drop cable  
(branch line should  
"T" branch  
be less than 400 mm)  
Trunk cable  
· If you use a terminator (termination resistance made by Toko Denshi: ME-75) at the end of a  
signal cable, turn OFF the termination resistance at the station on the end of the cable.  
Terminator  
Terminator  
Less than 1 km  
Terminator: ME-75  
To the next page  
8·16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
L T  
(ON)  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
L G  
(ON)  
· For communication lines, use a coaxial cable.  
· As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit,  
ground its shield by turning “ON” the shield  
ground switch.  
Coaxial cable  
Turn “ON” shield ground  
switch  
Turn “ON” shield ground  
switch  
• Make sure to provide a class-3 grounding for the GND terminal of the power supply module.  
Without grounding the power supply module, the JW-20CM cannot become conductive with  
the ground after turning “ON” the shield ground switch. (See page 7·2.)  
• Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-  
20CM. While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the  
JW-20CM will cause the welding current to the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit  
pattern.  
8
JW-20CM  
JW-20CM  
Coaxial cable  
Wrap around current  
Note:  
JW-20CM has a  
fuse element here  
Turn “ON”  
shield ground  
Turn “ON”  
shield ground  
FG  
FG  
Rack etc.  
Note: In case enough  
conductivity is not  
established.  
Electric welder  
To the next page  
8·17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Write in label  
· Write “FIX” and “STA. NO.” on label of remote  
I/O slave station, make setting contents clear.  
STATION NO.  
01  
FIX  
Switch setting end of slave module  
8
8·18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)Parameter setting of slave module (JW-20RS)  
Set the following parameter address after setting switch. Setting item varies with using I/O module  
(JW model or ZW model).  
O: Necessity for setting  
Address Initial value  
Item  
Setting contents  
JW-I/O ZW-I/W See page  
(8)  
(H)  
0 : No. of dummy I/O points : No points  
1 : No. of dummy I/O points : 16 points (2 bytes)  
2 : No. of dummy I/O points : 32 points (4 bytes)  
3 : No. of dummy I/O points : 48 points (6 bytes)  
4 : No. of dummy I/O points : 64 points (8 bytes)  
5 : No. of dummy I/O points : 80 points (10 bytes)  
6 : No. of dummy I/O points : 96 points (12 bytes)  
7 : No. of dummy I/O points : 112 points (14 bytes)  
8 : No. of dummy I/O points : 128 points (16 bytes)  
9 : No. of dummy I/O points : 144 points (18 bytes)  
A : No. of dummy I/O points : 160 points (20 bytes)  
B : No. of dummy I/O points : 176 points (22 bytes)  
C : No. of dummy I/O points : 192 points (24 bytes)  
D : No. of dummy I/O points : 208 points (26 bytes)  
E : No. of dummy I/O points : 224 points (28 bytes)  
F : No. of dummy I/O points : 240 points (30 bytes)  
91 : 16 points output  
Setting no. of dummy I/O  
points  
· Use 1 byte per vacant  
2 slots  
· Set at only manual I/O  
table registration  
000000  
to  
00  
○
－
8・25  
000017  
92 : 32 points output  
94 : 64 points output  
00 : Vacant slot (lower is dummy I/O points)  
A1 : 16 points output  
A2 : 32 points output  
A4 : 64 points output  
000100  
to  
Set kinds of I/O module  
· Use 1 byte per slot  
· Set at only manual I/O  
table registration  
00  
○
－
8・26  
8・28  
000137  
D1 : Special I/O module  
F1 : Special I/O module  
Set max.racks and slot  
number  
Upper 4 bits : Rack number  
Lower 4 bits : Slot number  
60 : Manual setting for both dummy I/O points and  
kinds of I/O module  
64 : Manual setting for dummy I/O points and  
auto setting for kinds of I/O module  
65 : 00 for dummy I/O points and auto setting for  
kinds of I/O module  
8
001000  
001001  
00  
00  
○
○
－
－
Set manual I/O table  
registration  
8・27  
00 : When setting is normal end  
Register automatically or  
not I/O table at power  
input.  
00 : Auto registration  
001002  
00  
○
－
03 : Prohibit the auto registration  
Set remote I/O top  
address  
001004  
001005  
Set file address in octal when only using search  
module (SU) lamp.  
00 : No check the no. of I/O bytes  
45 : Check the no. of I/O bytes  
If "checking number of I/O bytes to be used by the  
I/O module" function is selected to "not to check"  
using decimal notation 000 to 128, this setting is  
not needed.  
00 : Stop remote I/O operation  
01 : Start remote I/O operation  
80 : Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation  
81 : Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
08 : Initialize the parameter  
00  
00  
00  
00  
○
－
－
○
8・29  
8・24  
Check no. of I/O bytes  
003750  
003752  
003753  
Set no. of I/O bytes  
－
○
○
○
Writing to the EEPROM,  
start operation/stop  
setting.  
8・22  
8・23  
003777  
01  
· There is no difference of parameter setting between "fixed allocation" and "manual allocation."  
8·19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Operation procedure  
In brackets : See page  
Turn “ON” the power of slave station PC  
Connect support tools  
［8·22］  
Stop remote I/O operation  
(parameter address 003777(8) = 00(H)  
［8·22］  
In case of using ZW-I/O  
In case of using ZW-I/O  
Use the slave module having set to  
default condition at delivery (initialized  
the parameters), and use it as  
No  
automatic I/O registration function.  
Yes  
A
8
⑥
Set of prohibit the auto I/O table  
registration at power “ON”  
(parameter address 001002(8) = 03 (H))  
［8·27］  
No  
No  
Not short for I/O processing time  
Yes  
No check the no. of I/O bytes  
Yes  
①
①
Set of check no. of I/O bytes  
Set of check no. of I/O bytes  
(parameter address 003750(8) = 45(H)) (parameter address 003750(8) = 00(H))  
［8·24］  
②
No  
Not use I/O search  
Yes  
Set no. of I/O bytes  
［8·24］  
Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
(parameter address 003777(8) = 81(H))  
End  
8·20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[I/O table registration in case of using JW-I/O]  
1. In case of not setting dummy I/O  
Register I/O table based on the installed I/O module. (Set parameter address 001001(8) = 65(H), the  
procedure B in the flow chart.)  
However, in case of parameter address of JW-20RS 001002(8) = 00(H) (default setting), the JW-20CM  
automatically registers I/O table when the power is input and there is no need to register I/O table.  
(Procedure A in the flow chart.)  
2. In case of setting dummy I/O  
Set number of dummy I/O points for each slot and registers I/O table based on this setting and the  
installed I/O module. (Set parameter address 001001(8) = 64(H), procedure C in the flow chart.)  
Procedure D in the flow chart is special method to set byte of I/O module for each slot. Normally set  
I/O module type using steps 1 and 2 above.  
(Manual I/O registration)  
No  
Not setting dummy I/O  
Auto setting the kinds of I/O module  
Yes  
(Auto I/O  
registration)  
③
［8·25］  
Set no. of dummy I/O points  
No  
Not setting the kinds of I/O module  
(auto setting)  
D
Yes  
C
④
Set the kinds of I/O module  
［8·26］  
Registration of I/O table  
B
8
⑤
⑤
⑤
Registration of I/O table  
(parameter address 001001(8) = 65(H))  
Registration of I/O table  
(parameter address 001001(8) = 64(H)) (parameter address 001001(8) = 64 (H))  
［8·27］  
⑦
［8·28］  
Set max. racks, slot number  
① to ⑧ are applied to page 8·24 to 29.  
⑧
Set remote I/O top address  
［8·29］  
8·21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Turn “ON” the power of slave module  
Connect support tools  
· Connect a support tool with the slave module  
JW-20RS and prepare the setting parameter.  
<Usable support tools>  
JW-13PG/12PG  
JW-50SP  
JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S  
• For operation of each support tool, see the instruction manual attached. The following describes  
an example of JW-13PG’s key operation.  
Stop operation of remote I/O  
[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20RS is stopped.  
· Write “00(H)” to parameter address 003777(8) and stop operation of the JW-20RS.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07775  
07776  
I PARAM.  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
1F  
Parameter  
setting  
Display the contents of  
parameter address 007777 by  
hexadecimal.  
Write  
）
（
）
>07777  
HEX  
00  
（
00(H)  
.
8
Reference Function of JW-13PG  
•
key: Changeover unit of figures  
DCM (decimal)  
Bit pattern  
OCT (octal)  
HEX (hexadecimal)  
→
→
→
→
•
key: Byte display  
Changeover word display  
←→  
· Please set ① to ⑧ of 8·24 and after when using ZW-I/O or JW-I/O.  
To the next page  
Remarks  
Indicates in [ ] of each item mean as follows:  
(Example) Stop remote I/O operation [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes]  
This means to set “stop remote I/O operation” by hexadecimal and byte unit.  
8·22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Write “81(H)” into parameter address 003777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the  
EEPROM. Then start the slave module.  
· After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).”  
Setting  
Contents  
value  
(H)  
0 0  
Stop operation  
0 1  
8 0  
8 1  
0 8  
Start operation  
Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation  
Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
Initialize setting values of parameter addresses  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03775  
03776  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>03777  
HEX  
01  
Display the contents of address  
003777(8)  
Write 81(H)  
Remarks  
8
· Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter  
settings, lights the error code 9F(H) by the indication lamp.  
· Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically written to the RAM of the slave  
module when turning ON the power of the PC. At reading, the PC checks BCC and compares  
BCC check code of the parameter memory address (003776(8)). When an error is found,  
the JW-20RS lights the error code 9E(H) by the indication lamp.  
· After initialized the parameters, the JW-20RS initializes parameter address 000000 to  
003776(8).  
8·23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using ZW model I/O module"  
Select "number of I/O byte checking" function  
(Applied to item ① on pages 8·20 to 22)  
①
[OCT (Octal), bytes]  
· Select whether to check or not number of bytes of I/O module used for the remote I/O slave  
module. Set selection in parameter address 003750(8). If "check" is selected, the I/O module can  
detect when number of I/O modules is changed by fault or disconnection of the I/O modules.  
Set value  
00(H)  
Contents  
Do not check  
Check  
Initial value: 00(H) (Do not check)  
45(H)  
(To select "check" using JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03746  
03747  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>03750  
HEX  
45  
Display contents of  
address 003750(8)  
Write 45(H)  
"Only when using ZW model I/O module"  
②
Set number of I/O bytes  
[DCM (decimal), word]  
(Applied to item ② on pages 8·20 to 22)  
· Set total number of bytes of installed modules when "yes" is selected (address 003750(8) = 45(H)).  
· If the set number of I/O bytes mismatch with the actual number of bytes of the installed module,  
the JW-20RS detects as error (error code 92(H)).  
· Set between 000 to 128 in decimal notation.  
8
Address  
003752(8)  
003753(8)  
Contents  
Lower bytes  
Upper bytes  
Initial value: 00(D) for both upper and lower bytes.  
Ex.:  
If one ZW-16N1 (16 points/2 bytes) and one ZW-16S1 (16 points/2 bytes) are installed,  
(Set 2 bytes + 2 bytes = 4 bytes using the JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03746  
03750  
I PARAM.  
>03752  
D 00000  
D 00037  
Display the contents of  
address 003752(8) in decimal  
notation and words.  
Write data  
4
D 00004  
8·24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when manual I/O registration using the JW model I/O module"  
Set number of dummy I/O points [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes]  
③
(Applied to item ③ on pages 8·20 to 22)  
· Set to allocate addresses (dummy I/Os) on vacant slots in parameter address 000000 to 000017(8).  
· Set two slots with one byte of parameter address.  
Parameter  
address(8)  
Parameter  
address(8)  
Rack No. 0  
Rack No. 1  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
000000  
000001  
000002  
000003  
000004  
000005  
000006  
000007  
Set to 0  
Slot 3  
Slot 5  
Slot 7  
Slot 9  
Slot B  
Slot D  
Slot F  
Set to 0  
Slot 2  
Slot 4  
Slot 6  
Slot 8  
Slot A  
Slot C  
Slot E  
000010  
000011  
000012  
000013  
000014  
000015  
000016  
000017  
Slot 1  
Slot 3  
Slot 5  
Slot 7  
Slot 9  
Slot B  
Slot D  
Slot F  
Slot 0  
Slot 2  
Slot 4  
Slot 6  
Slot 8  
Slot A  
Slot B  
Slot E  
Set value(H)  
0
Contnets  
Set value(H)  
8
Contnets  
128 points of dummy I/O  
(16 bytes)  
No dummy I/O point  
16 points of dummy I/O  
(2 bytes)  
144 points of dummy I/O  
(18 bytes)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
32 points of dummy I/O  
(4 bytes)  
160 points of dummy I/O  
(20 bytes)  
48 points of dummy I/O  
(6 bytes)  
176 points of dummy I/O  
(22 bytes)  
8
64 points of dummy I/O  
(8 bytes)  
192 points of dummy I/O  
(24 bytes)  
80 points of dummy I/O  
(10 bytes)  
208 points of dummy I/O  
(26 bytes)  
96 points of dummy I/O  
(12 bytes)  
224 points of dummy I/O  
(28 bytes)  
112 points of dummy I/O  
(14 bytes)  
240 points of dummy I/O  
(30 bytes)  
Ex.: Set 32 points (4 bytes) of dummy I/O in the following vacant slots using JW-13PG.  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
←Slot No.  
←Rack No. 0  
↑
Set number of dummy I/Os  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00000  
00001  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>00002  
Display contents of  
address 000002(8)  
(Write 02(H)  
)
HEX  
02  
(
)
8·25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when manual I/O registration using JW model I/O modules"  
Set type of I/O module [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
④
(Applied to item ④ on pages 8·20 to 22)  
· Set types of installed I/O module in each slot and number of dummy I/O points set for vacant slot  
into parameter address 000100 to 000137(8).  
· Set one slot with one byte of parameter address.  
Parameter Contents in  
address (8) rack No. 0  
Parameter Contents in  
address (8) rack No. 1  
Set  
value(H)  
Model name of the  
installed module  
000100  
000101  
000102  
000103  
000104  
000105  
000106  
000107  
000110  
000111  
000112  
000113  
000114  
000115  
000116  
000117  
Set to 00(H)  
Set to 00(H)  
Slot 2  
000120  
000121  
000122  
000123  
000124  
000125  
000126  
000127  
000130  
000131  
000132  
000133  
000134  
000135  
000136  
000137  
Slot 0  
Slot 1  
Slot 2  
Slot 3  
Slot 4  
Slot 5  
Slot 6  
Slot 7  
Slot 8  
Slot 9  
Slot A  
Slot B  
Slot C  
Slot D  
Slot E  
Slot F  
91  
92  
94  
JW-12S, JW-13S  
JW-32S  
JW-32SC, JW-33S  
JW-34S, JW-35S  
Slot 3  
JW-62SC  
Slot 4  
Vacant slot 00  
↑
Lower bits are number  
00  
to  
0F  
Slot 5  
Slot 6  
of dummy I/O points  
Slot 7  
JW-11N, JW-12N  
JW-13N  
A1  
Slot 8  
JW-31N, JW-32N  
JW-34N, JW-34NC  
Slot 9  
A2  
A4  
D1  
Slot A  
Slot B  
Slot C  
Slot D  
Slot E  
Slot F  
JW-64NC  
JW-2DA, JW-8AD  
JW-31LM  
8
JW-2HC, JW-11DU  
JW-12DU  
F1  
Set 00(H) for a slot having power supply module or slave module JW-20RS.  
Ex.: Set the I/O module in the previous page using the JW-13PG  
Display contents of  
Write A1(H)  
address 000102(8)  
Write 02(H) in  
address 000104(8)  
Write A1(H) in  
address 000103(8)  
Write 91(H) in  
address 000105(8)  
(
)
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00104  
00105  
HEX  
HEX  
02  
91  
Write 91(H) in  
I PARAM.  
>00106  
address 000106(H)  
HEX  
91  
8·26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using JW model I/O modules"  
⑤
Registration of I/O table  
[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
(Applied to item ⑤ on pages 8·20 to 22)  
· Set in parameter address 001001(8)  
Set value(H)  
Contents  
Set both number of dummy I/O points and type of I/O module with operation  
described in page 8·25 and 26  
60  
64  
65  
Manual setting number of dummy I/O points and automaticl setting of I/O  
module type.  
Number of dummy I/O points is 00 (number of dummy I/O points set by  
operatoin in page 8·25 will be 00), and set I/O module type automatically.  
When setting is complete normally, set value will be 00(H).  
· When manual I/O table registration is selected, the JW-20RS automatically registers I/O address  
table for each rack slot into parameter address 004000 to 004077(8).  
It also stores sum check code of parameter address 000000 to 000277(8) into parameter address  
000300(8).  
Ex.: Set number of dummy I/O points and I/O module type set in page 8·25 and 26 using the JW-  
13PG.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00777  
01000  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>01001  
Display contents of address  
001001(8)  
HEX  
60  
Write 60(H)  
8
"Only when using JW model I/O module"  
Prohibit automatic registration of I/O table at inputting power  
(Applied to item ⑥ on pages 8·20 to 22)  
⑥
[HEX (hexadecimal), bytes]  
· Set 03(H) in parameter address 001002(H) to prohibit "automatic registration of I/O table" during  
inputting power to the slave station module.  
(In case of setting using the JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
01000  
01001  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
60  
I PARAM.  
>01002  
Write 03(H) in  
address 001002(8)  
HEX  
03  
(
)
Note: If 00(H) is set to parameter address 001002(8), the JW-20RS automatically register I/O at  
inputting power. If the power is reinput when an I/O module is faulty, the I/O address will  
automatically be registered. If the I/O module is faulty, reinput of power may register wrong  
I/O address. In this case use this function to prohibit wrong registration.  
8·27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using JW model I/O module"  
⑦
Set maximum rack and slot numbers  
[HEX (hexadecimal), bytes]  
(Applied to item ⑦ on pages 8·20 to 22)  
· Set maximum rack and slot numbers in parameter address 001000(8) and shorten I/O processing  
time.  
· If this is left 00(H) (default value), the JW-20RS processes from rack No. 1 and slot number F so  
that it takes approximately 8 ms.  
· Set rack number in upper 4 bits and slot number in lower 4 bits.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
001000(8) Rack No.  
Slot No.  
· Maximum amount of usable racks is 2 and a rack having slave module JW-20RS is rack No. 0.  
Even the rack panel JW-13BU is used, number of slots will be up to "C."  
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C  
Slot number  
Rack 1  
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C  
Slot number  
Rack 0  
8
Slave module  
(JW-20RS)  
Ex.: Set the configuration in page 8·25 (rack No. 0 and slot No. 6) using the JW-13PG.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00776  
00777  
I PARAM.  
>01000  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
Display contents of address  
001000(8)  
(Write 06(H)  
)
HEX  
06  
8·28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using JW model I/O module"  
⑧
Setting remote I/O top address  
[OCT (octal), word]  
(Applied to item ⑧ on pages 8·20 to 22)  
· In order to light a search module (SU) lamp, set remote I/O top address of each slave station  
which are allocated in the master station using file address into parameter address 001004 and  
001005(8).  
Display on the JW-13PG  
01000  
01002  
I PARAM.  
>01004  
0 000006  
0 000003  
001000(8) Lower bits  
001000(8) Upper bits  
0 000200  
(When to set file address 000200(ｺ0200) using the JW-13PG)  
Word  
display  
(Octal)  
(
)
Write file address  
000200(8)  
Display contents of address  
00104(8)  
Remarks  
· Though input output relays, auxiliary  
relays etc. of the PC are allocated their  
byte addresses for each item, allocate  
the file address which are allocated  
throughout the memory register range.  
File address  
000000  
Byte address  
ｺ0000  
Input/output relays  
000377  
000400  
ｺ0377  
ｺ0400  
Auxiliary relay  
Latch relay  
000677  
000700  
000777  
001000  
ｺ0677  
ｺ0700  
8
ｺ0777  
ｺ1000  
General purpose relay  
001577  
ｺ1577  
[Operation method of I/O search (slave station): In case of JW-13PG]  
Connect the JW-13PG to the slave module JW-20RS in which an I/O shall be searched.  
· Assign byte address  
Ｄ
Ｂ1  
Ａ０  
ＳＥＴ  
８
Continous search  
シフト  
SHIFT  
Set byte address in  
octal  
，
，
(Light)  
３
RESET (Light OFF)  
Select byte  
address  
assignment  
Select I/O  
search mode  
９
· Assign rack number and slot number  
Ｂ1 Ｂ1  
Ｄ
Set rack number  
in octal  
Set slot number in  
hexadecimal  
シフト  
SHIFT  
，
，
３
Select rack  
and slot No.  
assignment  
Select I/O  
search mode  
ＳＥＴ  
Continous search  
，
(Light)  
８
RESET (Light OFF)  
９
8·29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(4)Parameter setting of master module (JW-20CM)  
Set the following parameter address after setting switch. Setting item varies with using PC (JW model  
or ZW model).  
O: Necessity for setting  
Initial  
value  
(H)  
JW-PC  
ZW-PC  
Address  
(8)  
See  
page  
Item  
Setting contents  
Fixed Manual Fixed Manual  
001(8): Fixed allocation, asynchronous, error mode 1  
002(8): Fixed allocation, asynchronous, error mode 2  
004(8): Fixed allocation, synchronous, error mode 0  
005(8): Fixed allocation, synchronous, error mode 1  
006(8): Fixed allocation, synchronous, error mode 2  
011(8): Manual allocation, asynchronous, error mode 1  
012(8): Manual allocation, asynchronous, error mode 2  
014(8): Manual allocation, synchronous, error mode 0  
015(8): Manual allocation, synchronous, error mode 1  
016(8): Manual allocation, synchronous, error mode 2  
Set remote I/O  
operation mode  
000000  
000001  
00  
8· 34  
○
○
○
○
Set number of  
connected slave  
stations  
Set remote I/O top  
address  
Enter the remote I/O  
top address of slave  
station 02 to 77  
Set number of connected modules by decimal  
notation (01 to 63)  
00  
00  
00  
8· 35  
8· 35  
8· 40  
○
○
－
○
○
○
○
○
－
○
○
○
000002  
000003  
000004  
to  
Set file address by octal notation  
Enter the file address by octal notation  
000177  
00(H): 64 points (8 bytes), number of slave station; 63  
01(H): 128 points (16 bytes), number of slave station;  
32  
Enter the number of  
slave I/O points  
000200  
00  
00  
00  
FF  
00  
00  
8· 38  
8· 42  
8· 39  
8· 43  
8· 44  
8· 36  
○
－
○
○
－
○
－
○
○
－
○
－
－
○
－
○
－
－
－
○
Enter the number of  
I/O bytes for each  
slave station  
000201  
to  
000277  
000301  
to  
000376  
000400  
to  
000407  
000600  
to  
000777  
Enter the number of bytes of each slave station in  
decimal notation (0 to 128)  
Set blank between  
stations  
Enter the number of blank bytes between stations in  
decimal notation (0 to 255)  
Set each station in bit unit  
0: ZW model I/O module  
1: JW model I/O module  
Set using 4 bytes per module  
(Set slave station number, rack number, slot number,  
number of data bytes, and register top address.)  
Enter I/O type for  
each slave station  
8
Enter the data  
register address of  
the special I/O mode  
○
※
○
※
003764  
to  
003767  
Set top address of  
flag area  
Set file address with octal notation.  
○
○
○
○
00(H) : Stop remote I/O operation  
01(H) : Start remote I/O operation  
80(H) : Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation  
81(H) : Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
08(H) : Initialize the parameter  
Writing to the  
EEPROM, start  
operation/stop setting  
003777  
01  
8· 37  
○
○
· If a special I/O module is not set in a slave station, the setting is not required.  
8·30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In brackets: See page  
Operation procedure  
Turn ON the power switch on the master station PC  
Connnect support tools  
Stop PC operation  
Stop operation of the remote I/Os (parameter address 003777(8) = 00(H))  
Set the operation mode of the remote I/Os  
Set the number of slave stations connected  
When using fixed allocation mode  
Set the remote I/O top address  
When using manual allocation mode  
2
5
6
Set the top address of remote I/O slave station 01  
1
3
[8·35]  
[8·38]  
[8·39]  
[8·35]  
Set the number of slave station I/O points  
Set the blanks between stations  
Set the top address of remote I/O slave station 02 to 77  
[8·40]  
Set the number of I/O bytes for each slave station  
4
[8·42]  
(If the master station PC is a JW model)  
Set the I/O model type for each slave station  
[8·43]  
[8·44]  
[8·36]  
[8·37]  
[8·37]  
When the master  
station PC is a  
ZW model  
Set the area for special I/O data registers  
Set the top flag address  
8
Write to EEPROM, start operation (parameter address 00377(8) = 81(H))  
PC operation  
End  
Steps 1 to 8 correspond to the steps on pages 8·38 to 8·44.  
8·31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Parameter setting range  
<Fixed allocation>  
· When fixed allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below:  
ｺ0000  
1 to n :  
A :  
Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 32 or 63)  
Remote I/O top address  
N :  
Number of slave station I/O points (fixed to 64 points or  
128 points)  
A
1
2
N
B1 to Bn : Blank between stations  
B1  
N
B2  
•
•
•
N
ｺ1577  
(Setting of JW model special I/O module)  
0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station  
0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations  
Data register  
Up to 8 modules per remote slave station  
Up to 32 modules in total of all stations  
Number of modules  
<Manual allocation>  
· When the manual allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below:  
8
1 to n :  
Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 63)  
ｺ0000  
A1 to An : Remote I/O top address  
N1 to Nn : Number of slave station I/O bytes (0 ≦ Nn ≦ 128)  
N1 + N2 + · · · + Nn ≦ 512  
A1  
1
N
N
A2  
2
•
•
A1 ≦ A2 ≦ · · · ≦ An  
•
An  
Nn  
ｺ1577  
(Setting of JW model special I/O module)  
0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station  
0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations  
Data register  
Up to 8 modules per remote slave station  
Up to 32 modules in total of all stations  
Number of modules  
8·32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Turn “ON” the power of master module  
Connect support tools  
· Connect a support tool with the JW-20CM  
master module and prepare the setting  
parameter.  
<Usable support tools>  
JW-13PG/12PG  
JW-50SP  
JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S  
· For operation of each support tool, see the instruction manual attached. The following describes  
an example of JW-13PG’s key operation.  
Stop PC operation  
· Turn to program mode (stop PC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PC  
is in program mode.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Stop PC operation  
8
Select parameter setting mode.  
Parameter  
Select initial mode  
setting  
（
）
Stop operation of remote I/O  
[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20CM is stopped.  
· Write “00(H)” to parameter address 007777(8) and stop operation of the JW-20CM.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03775  
03776  
I PARAM.  
>03777  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
Write  
00(H).  
Display the contents of parameter  
address 003777 by hexadecimal.  
）
（
HEX  
00  
Reference  
Function of JW-13PG  
•
key: Changeover unit of figures  
HEX (hexadecimal)  
OCT (octal)  
DCM (decimal)  
Bit pattern  
→
→
→
→
•
key: Byte display  
Changeover word display  
←→  
To the next page  
8·33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set remote I/O operation mode  
[OCT (octal, word)]  
· Set operation method of the remote I/O into parameter address 000000(8).  
Operation method  
value(8)  
Set  
Communication  
method  
Operation when a slave station error occurs  
Allocation of I/O address  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops.  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops.  
• The PC also stops operation. (Mode 0)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops.  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops.  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops.  
• The PC also stops operation. (Mode 0)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops.  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
001  
002  
Asynchronous  
Synchronous  
Asynchronous  
Synchronous  
004  
005  
Fixed allocation  
006  
011  
012  
014  
015  
Manual allocation  
016  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
8
· Concerning the contents of "synchronous" and "asynchronous" communications, see page 8·4  
"Communication timing."  
Set "slave station operation at error: mode 0" and "communication method: synchronous"  
and "address allocation: manual"  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
17776  
17777  
I PARAM.  
>00000  
OCT 000  
OCT 000  
Display the  
contents of  
000000(8)  
After converting to octal  
notation, write it at 014(8)  
（
）
.
（
）
OCT 014  
To the next page  
8·34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set number of connected slave stations  
[DCM (decimal), byte]  
· Set number of connected remote I/O slave stations into parameter address 000001(8).  
· Maximum number of connectable slave stations varies with setting value of I/O points per slave  
station.  
Number of I/O points Number of connected modules  
Initial value: 00(H)  
64 points/station  
128 points/station  
0 to 63(D)  
0 to 32(D)  
(When to set 10(D) using the JW-13PG)  
Write setting value 10(D) in address 000001(8) after converted  
into decimal notation.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
17777  
00000  
DCM  
DCM  
000  
012  
I PARAM.  
>00001  
DCM  
010  
"Only when using fixed allocation mode"  
Set remote I/O top address [OCT (octal, word)]  
①
②
"Only when using manual allocation mode"  
Set remote I/O top address of slave station 01  
[OCT (octal), word]  
8
· Set remote I/O top address to parameter address 000002 and 000003(8) with file address (see  
page 8·32 and 13·20). (slave station 01 when free allocation is selected.).  
000002(8)  
000003(8)  
Lower bits  
Upper bits  
Initial value: 00(H)  
(In case of setting file address 000200(ｺ0200) using the JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
17776  
00000  
I PARAM.  
>00002  
0 000000  
0 005014  
Word  
display  
(
)
After converting into octal notation,  
write in file address 000200(8).  
0 000200  
· Set step ③ to ⑧ starting from page 8·38 with cases of fixed/manual allocation and ZW or JW  
series PC.  
To the next page  
· Steps ① to ⑧ above correspond to each step in operation procedures in page 8·31.  
8·35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
OCT (octal), word  
Set top address of flag area  
MET (hexadecimal), byte  
· Set the top address of the flag area (8 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition and  
PC operation condition on the parameter address 003764 to 003767(8).  
· Flag area uses 8 bytes regardless number of connecting stations.  
003764(8)  
003765(8)  
003766(8)  
003767(8)  
Lower  
Upper  
Initial value: 00(H) for all addresses  
File number  
D7  
Output flag : ON  
Do not output flag : OFF  
Remarks  
· The PC's input/output relays, auxiliary relays, registers etc. are all allocated individual byte  
addresses for each item. However, the JW-20CM can assign these addresses with file  
addressees allocated throughout the memory.  
Byte address  
09000  
File address  
004000  
Byte address  
ｺ0000  
File address  
I/O relay  
Auxiliary relay  
Register  
Register  
ｺ00377  
000377  
000400  
09777  
19000  
004777  
005000  
ｺ00400  
ｺ00677  
ｺ00700  
ｺ00777  
ｺ01000  
000677  
000700  
000777  
001000  
Latch relay  
19777  
29000  
005777  
006000  
8
General purpose relay  
ｺ01577  
001577  
001600  
TMR/CNT  
time limited contact  
001777  
002000  
b0000  
TMR/CNT/MD  
current value  
99777  
015777  
003777  
b17777  
· The usable file numbers will vary with the memory module that is installed on the PC.  
Name of memory module  
ZW-1MA, JW-1MAH  
ZW-2MA, JW-2MAH  
ZW-3MA, JW-3MAH  
ZW-4MA, JW-4MAH  
Usable file numbers  
0 or 1※  
※ If file number is 1, file  
address shall be within  
000000 to 037777(8).  
0 or 1  
(See page 13·20 and 21 for  
other cases.)  
0, 1, 2  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
(In case of setting file address 000700 (ｺ0700) using the JW-13PG)  
Word  
display  
(
)
Write in file address  
000700(8).  
Write in file address 003764(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03765  
03766  
I PARAM.  
>03767  
HEX  
HEX  
01  
00  
(Byte display)  
After converting into byte display to  
003766(8), write in file number 0 in  
hexadecimal notation.  
Write (80(H)) to  
output to a flag in  
003767(8)  
HEX  
80  
To the next page  
8·36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation  
[HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Write “81(H)” into parameter address 003777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the  
EEPROM of the JW-20CM. Then start the remote I/O operate.  
· After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).”  
Setting  
Contents  
value  
(H)  
Stop operation of the remote I/O (initial value)  
0 0(H)  
· Calculate BCC of parameter addresses 000000 to 003775(8).  
When normal, the remote I/O will start operation.  
0 1  
When abnormal, the module will output error code BE(H).  
① Check the parameter contents  
When normal, the module calculates BCC and writes the check sum  
value into address 003776(8).  
When abnormal, it outputs a BF(H) error code.  
② Changes the value to 00(H) (stops the operation of the remote I/O), and  
writes it into the EEPROM.  
8 0(H)  
If a write error to the EEPROM occurs, it outputs a 30(H) error code and  
keeps the value set to 80(H).  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation  
① Check the parameter contents  
When normal, the module calculates BCC and writes the check sum  
value into address 003776(8).  
When abnormal, it outputs a BF(H) error code.  
② Changes the value to 01(H) (starts the operation of the remote I/O), and  
writes it into the EEPROM.  
8 1(H)  
8
If a write error to the EEPROM occurs, it outputs a 30(H) error code and  
keeps the value set to 81(H).  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation  
Initialize setting values of parameter addresses 000000 to 003777(8)  
0 8  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03775  
03776  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>03777  
HEX  
01  
Display the contents of address  
003777(8)  
Write 81(H)  
PC operation  
Turning a master station PC to monitor or change mode (PC operation).  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Monitor mode  
Change mode  
8·37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using fixed allocation"  
Enter the number of slave station I/O points  
(Applied to item ③ on pages 8·31 and 8·35)  
③
[HEX (hexadecimal), bytes]  
· Store the number of I/O points per slave station at parameter address 000200(8).  
· The number of slave stations that can be connected varies with the setting for the number of I/O  
points per slave station.  
Number of modules that  
Set value Number of I/O points  
can be connected.  
Initial value: 00(H)  
00(H)  
64 points/station  
128 points/station  
0 to 63(D)  
0 to 32(D)  
01(H)  
· Allocates the number of I/O points per slave station as 64 points per unit or 128 points per unit,  
starting from the top address set by the procedure on the previous page.  
Ex.: When a remote I/O's top address is ｺ0200 and the number of slave station I/O points is 64.  
ｺ0200  
ｺ0210  
ｺ0220  
ｺ0230  
ｺ0240  
← Remote I/O top address  
(64 points) Slave station 01  
(64 points) Slave station 02  
(64 points) Slave station 03  
(64 points) Slave station 04  
(When set for 64 points per station using the JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00176  
00177  
I PARAM.  
>00200  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
8
Write  
00(H)  
Display the contents of  
address 000200(8)  
HEX  
00  
8·38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using fixed allocation"  
Set blanks between stations  
④
[DCM (decimal), bytes]  
(Applied to item ④ on pages 8·31 and 8·35)  
· Enter the number of blank bytes for each slave station at parameter addresses 000301 to 000376(8).  
· Enter only the number of blank stations needed using 0 to 255(D) bytes.  
Address(8) Stations(8) Address(8) Stations(8) Address(8) Stations(8) Address(8) Stations(8)  
-
-
000320  
000321  
000322  
000323  
000324  
000325  
000326  
000327  
000330  
000331  
000332  
000333  
000334  
000335  
000336  
000337  
20 to 21  
21 to 22  
22 to 23  
23 to 24  
24 to 25  
25 to 26  
26 to 27  
27 to 30  
30 to 31  
31 to 32  
32 to 33  
33 to 34  
34 to 35  
35 to 36  
36 to 37  
37 to 40  
000340  
000341  
000342  
000343  
000344  
000345  
000346  
000347  
000350  
000351  
000352  
000353  
000354  
000355  
000356  
000357  
40 to 41  
41 to 42  
42 to 43  
43 to 44  
44 to 45  
45 to 46  
46 to 47  
47 to 50  
50 to 51  
51 to 52  
52 to 53  
53 to 54  
54 to 55  
55 to 56  
56 to 57  
57 to 60  
000360  
000361  
000362  
000363  
000364  
000365  
000366  
000367  
000370  
000371  
000372  
000373  
000374  
000375  
000376  
-
60 to 61  
61 to 62  
62 to 63  
63 to 64  
64 to 65  
65 to 66  
66 to 67  
67 to 70  
70 to 71  
71 to 72  
72 to 73  
73 to 74  
74 to 75  
75 to 76  
76 to 77  
-
000301  
000302  
000303  
000304  
000305  
000306  
000307  
000310  
000311  
000312  
000313  
000314  
000315  
000316  
000317  
1 to 2  
2 to 3  
3 to 4  
4 to 5  
5 to 6  
6 to 7  
7 to 10  
10 to 11  
11 to 12  
12 to 13  
13 to 14  
14 to 15  
15 to 16  
16 to 17  
17 to 20  
8
Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses  
Ex.: In case of setting as blanks in slave stations 2 to 3 to prevent double use of the 8 bytes in the  
special relay area (ｺ0730 to ｺ0737)  
ｺ0710  
ｺ0720  
ｺ0730  
ｺ0740  
ｺ0750  
← Remote I/O top address  
Slave station 01  
Slave station 02  
Blank  
Special relay area  
Slave station 03  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00300  
00301  
I PARAM.  
>00302  
DCM  
DCM  
000  
000  
Display the contents of  
address 000302(8)  
After converting to  
decimal notation, write  
it at 8(D)  
DCM  
008  
.
8·39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using manual allocation"  
Enter the I/O top addresses of slave stations 02 to 77  
(Applied to item ⑤ on pages 8·31 and 8·35)  
⑤
[OCT (octal), words]  
· Enter the remote I/O top address for each slave station at parameter addresses 000004 to  
000177(8), using file addresses.  
· "Single address" or "continuous address" can be selected by setting the upper bit (D7) in the 2nd  
byte.  
000004(8)  
Lower bit  
Upper bit  
Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses  
000005(8)  
ON : Single address (enter only the slave station)  
OFF : Continuous address (continue from the previous slave station. It is not  
possible to change the address value.)  
→
Slave station  
number(8)  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Address  
Address  
Address  
Address  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
000040  
000041  
000042  
000043  
000044  
000045  
000046  
000047  
000050  
000051  
000052  
000053  
000054  
000055  
000056  
000057  
000060  
000061  
000062  
000063  
000064  
000065  
000066  
000067  
000070  
000071  
000072  
000073  
000074  
000075  
000076  
000077  
000100  
000101  
000102  
000103  
000104  
000105  
000106  
000107  
000110  
000111  
000112  
000113  
000114  
000115  
000116  
000117  
000120  
000121  
000122  
000123  
000124  
000125  
000126  
000127  
000130  
000131  
000132  
000133  
000134  
000135  
000136  
000137  
000140  
000141  
000142  
000143  
000144  
000145  
000146  
000147  
000150  
000151  
000152  
000153  
000154  
000155  
000156  
000157  
000160  
000161  
000162  
000163  
000164  
000165  
000166  
000167  
000170  
000171  
000172  
000173  
000174  
000175  
000176  
000177  
-
-
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
-
-
-
-
000004  
000005  
000006  
000007  
000010  
000011  
000012  
000013  
000014  
000015  
000016  
000017  
000020  
000021  
000022  
000023  
000024  
000025  
000026  
000027  
000030  
000031  
000032  
000033  
000034  
000035  
000036  
000037  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
8
Ex. Enter a single file address 001000 (ｺ100) at the remote I/O top address on slave station 0
using the JW-13PG.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00000  
00002  
I PARAM.  
>00004  
0 005014  
0 000200  
Turn ON  
the D7 bit  
(
)
File address  
0 101000  
8·40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[Single address and continuous address]  
· If a slave station's I/O area is not linked to  
the previous slave station's I/O area, this  
slave station should be set as a "single  
address slave station ."  
ｺ0200  
Slave  
station 1  
128 points  
｝
ｺ0217  
Need to set address  
ｺ0240  
Slave  
station 2  
128 points  
｝
· If a slave station's I/O area is linked to the  
previous slave station's I/O area, you do not  
have to set the address this slave station if  
"continuous address" is selected (turn OFF  
the D7 bit in the address's upper byte).  
ｺ0200  
Slave  
station 1  
128 points  
Select the "continuous  
address" setting  
(You do not need to set  
addresses for each I/O  
area.)  
｝
ｺ0217  
ｺ0220  
Slave  
station 2  
128 points  
｝
ｺ0237  
· If "continuous address" is selected, the address changes in the previous slave station (the top I/  
O address in slave station 1 in the example above) will automatically changes the addresses of  
the linked slave stations accordingly.  
If you want to disable automatic address changes, select the "single address" mode, even if the  
slave station address is in a continuous series with the previous slave station addresses. Then  
enter the address of the slave station manually.  
8
8·41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when using manual allocation "  
Enter the number of I/O bytes for each slave station  
(Applied to item ⑥ on pages 8·31 and 8·35)  
⑥
[DCM (decimal), byte]  
· Enter the number of I/O bytes per slave station at parameter addresses 000201 to 000277(8).  
· Enter the number of I/O bytes per slave station (1 to 128 bytes) in decimal notation. Entering a  
value greater than 128 is treated as an error.  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Slave station  
number(8)  
Address  
Address  
Address  
Address  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
-
-
000220  
000221  
000222  
000223  
000224  
000225  
000226  
000227  
000230  
000231  
000232  
000233  
000234  
000235  
000236  
000237  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
000240  
000241  
000242  
000243  
000244  
000245  
000246  
000247  
000250  
000251  
000252  
000253  
000254  
000255  
000256  
000257  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
000260  
000261  
000262  
000263  
000264  
000265  
000266  
000267  
000270  
000271  
000272  
000273  
000274  
000275  
000276  
000277  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
000201  
000202  
000203  
000204  
000205  
000206  
000207  
000210  
000211  
000212  
000213  
000214  
000215  
000216  
000217  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
8
Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses  
Ex. Assign 8 bytes (64 points) to slave station 01 and 10 bytes (80 points) to slave station 02  
using the JW-13PG.  
After converting into  
decimal notation, write  
Display the contents of  
address 000201(8)  
(
)
the result in 8(D)  
.
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00200  
00201  
DCM 000  
DCM 008  
Write 10(D) at  
I PARAM.  
>00202  
address 000202(8).  
DCM 010  
8·42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when the master station is a JW model"  
⑦
Enter the I/O type for each slave station  
[Bit pattern, bytes]  
(Applied to item ⑦ on pages 8·31 and 8·35)  
· Declare whether the I/O module installed in each slave station (01 to 77(8)) is a "JW model" or a  
"ZW model" at parameter address 000400 to 000407(8).  
· Set the bit corresponding each slave station to 0 (OFF) if it is a ZW model, or 1 (ON) if it is a JW  
model.  
Enter the value  
Set value  
of the I/O type  
0 (OFF)  
1 (ON)  
ZW model  
JW model  
Corresponding to the slave station number(8)  
Parameter  
addresses(8)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
000400  
000401  
000402  
000403  
000404  
000405  
000406  
000407  
07 06 05 04 03 02 01  
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10  
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20  
37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30  
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40  
57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50  
67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60  
77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70  
Initial value: FF(H) in all addresses  
8
Ex. Make slave station 07 a "ZW model" and all the other slave stations JW models, using the  
JW-13PG.  
Display the contents of  
address 000400(8)  
Write a 0 in bit 7 (slave station 07) after converting to bit pattern  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00376 □□□□□□□□  
00377 □□□□□□□□  
I PARAM.  
>00400 □■■■■■■■  
8·43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Only when the master station PC is a JW model and a JW model special I/O module is used as  
a slave station"  
⑧
Enter the data register address  
of the special I/O module  
(Applied to item ⑧ on pages  
8·31 and 8·35)  
Station number: OCT (octal), bytes  
Rack and slot numbers: HEX (hexadecimal), bytes  
Number of data bytes: DCM (decimal), bytes  
Register top address: OCT (octal), bytes  
· Since the special I/O module uses an I/O relay area and a data memory area, you have to enter  
slave station numbers, rack/slot numbers, the number of data bytes, and the top register addresses  
of the slave station which contains the special I/O module at parameter address 000600 to  
000777(8).  
· Use 4 bytes of memory to assign one special I/O module.  
Parameter  
address (8)  
Set contents  
Special I/O number  
000600  
Slave station number (00 to 77(8))  
Upper 4 bits: Rack number (0 or 1)  
Lower 4 bits: Slot number (00 to 0F(H))  
000601  
000602  
000603  
No.1  
to  
Number of data bytes (01 to 64(D))  
Top register address (file address)  
D7 bit: 1 for set, 0 for not set.  
to  
to  
000774  
Slave station number (00 to 77(8))  
Upper 4 bits: Rack number (0 or 1)  
Lower 4 bits: Slot number (00 to 0F(H))  
000775  
000776  
000777  
8
No.32  
Number of data bytes (01 to 64(D))  
Top register address (file address)  
D7 bit: 1 for set, 0 for not set.  
Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses  
■ Number of data bytes  
Enter the number of bytes that the special I/O module uses for data exchange.  
A maximum of 128 bytes can be assigned per station. A maximum of 512 byes can be assigned to  
all stations.  
Special I/O module model name  
JW-8AD (analog input)  
Number of data bytes  
36 bytes  
JW-2DA (analog output)  
8 bytes  
JW-2HC (high speed counter)  
JW-31LM (I/O link master station)  
JW-11DU/12DU (ID control module)  
JW-12PM (positioning module)  
8 bytes  
2 to 6 bytes  
64 bytes max.  
16 bytes  
8·44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
■ Top register address  
Enter top address of each special I/O module, which can be allocated up to 64 points per unit, at  
file addresses 000000 to 017700(8).  
Bit contents of the parameter address  
000603(8) etc.  
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
0
0
4th digit 3rd digit  
5th digit  
1st digit  
2nd digit  
1: Enter top register address  
0: Do not enter top register address  
Lower 2 digits are always 00.  
Ex.: Set a JW-2DA (8 data bytes and a top register address of 490000) installed in "slave station  
number 01," "rack number 0," "slot number 2" and assigned as No. 1 (1st module) using the  
JW-13PG.  
Remote I/O  
master station  
Slave station 01  
Slave station 02  
Slave station 03  
JW-2DA  
After converting into  
octal notation, write  
station number 01(8)  
Display the contents of  
address 000600(8)  
8
Write rack number 0 and slot number  
2 at parameter address 000601(8).  
After converting it into decimal notation at parameter  
address 000602(8), write the number of bytes 8.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
00601  
00602  
I PARAM.  
>00603  
OCT 003  
OCT 010  
After converting the number into octal notation  
at parameter address 000603(8), write it at 300(8).  
OCT 300  
3
0
0
Parameter address 000603(8) 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0  
0 0  
0
0
1
Set File address 10000(8) = Register address 49000  
8·45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8-4 Error and treatment  
Operation status of the JW-20CM can be check by indication lamps, flags, or system memory.  
(1) Indication lamp  
① JW-20CM  
JW–20CM  
C O M M ○ ○ S 0  
S D ○ ○ S 1  
R D ○ ○ S 2  
C D ○ ○ S 3  
L T ○ ○ S 4  
T E S T ○ ○ S 5  
E R R O R ○ ○ S 6  
F A U L T ○ ○ S 7  
Indication lamp  
8
Name  
Operation  
Recovery  
COMM Lights while the remote I/O is operating  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
SD  
RD  
CD  
Flickers while sending data  
Flickers while receiving data  
Flickers while detecting a carrier  
Lights when the termination resistance  
switches turned ON  
LT  
--------------------------------------------------  
TEST  
Lights while testing  
--------------------------------------------------  
· Check disconnection of communication cable  
Lights while an error is detected (Indicate · Check settings of switches  
ERROR  
error code by S0 to S7 LEDs)  
· Check settings of parameter  
· Check power supply voltage.  
Lights when the watchdog timer is time  
up (JW-20CM is faulty)  
FAULT  
Replace the JW-20CM  
See the next page  
Indicates error codes by hexadecimal  
when an error is occurred  
S0 to S7  
8·46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(Error code)  
　
code  
(HEX)  
Error  
LED name  
Cause  
ROM error, upper CPU  
Measure  
S0  
●
○
●
○
●
○
○
●
○
●
○
●
S7 6 5 4 3 2 1  
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ●  
01(H)  
02(H)  
03(H)  
04(H)  
11(H)  
12(H)  
18(H)  
1F(H)  
20(H)  
21(H)  
22(H)  
23(H)  
RAM error, upper CPU  
Replace the JW-20CM  
2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU  
2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper CPU  
ROM error, communication CPU  
RAM error, communication CPU  
Communication LSI error, communication CPU  
No response, communication CPU  
More than one token detected  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ●  
○ ● ○  
○
○
○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○  
• Check the communica-  
tion cable  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ●  
● ○ ○  
●
●
•
Check for doubled allocation  
of slave station number  
○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ●  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○  
• Replace the JW-20CM  
Check the parameter  
Doubled address detected  
setting and switch setting.  
○ ○ ●  
○ ○ ○  
○
Fault of sending section  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ●  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ●  
• Replace the JW-20CM  
Token does not return within the rated interval  
•
Check the communication cable  
Overflow of receiving buffer.  
Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed.  
○
○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ●  
○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ●  
2A(H)  
Check the communication  
cable  
Flame length error  
●
○
•
Occurs because of a media execution  
error or noise from outside.  
2B(H)  
2C(H)  
Media error  
EEPROM error  
BCC error  
○ ○ ●  
● ● ○  
○
Check the communication cable  
○
○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○  
30(H)  
Replace the JW-20CM  
○
●
●
● ○ ●  
● ● ●  
●
BE(H)  
BF(H)  
※C1(H)  
to  
Check the parameter contents.  
Parameter setting error  
Communication error  
• After converting into octal, the lower two digits  
represent the slave station number of the current  
● ○ ● ● ● ● ●  
● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○  
Check the communication  
cable and slave module  
to  
※FF  
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●  
(H) error. (Ex. 01(H) = 301(8) = slave station 01)  
8
● : ON, ○ : OFF  
Remarks  
• Error codes “23” and “2A(H)” may occur when applying power. This is not an error.  
• To check the communication cable, remove both connectors and short the connector terminals  
at one end. Then measure the conductivity using a tester.  
• Check the parameter and switch settings for all stations. If the settings are correct, replace  
the JW-20CM or JW-20RS.  
8·47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② JW-20RS  
JW–20RS  
C O M M ○ ○ S 0  
S D ○ ○ S 1  
R D ○ ○ S 2  
C D ○ ○ S 3  
L T ○ ○ S 4  
T E S T ○ ○ S 5  
E R R O R ○ ○ S 6  
F A U L T ○ ○ S 7  
Indication lamp  
Name  
Operation  
Recovery  
COMM Lights while the remote I/O is operating  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
8
SD  
RD  
CD  
Flickers while sending data  
Flickers while receiving data  
Flickers while detecting a carrier  
Lights when the termination resistance  
switches turned ON  
LT  
--------------------------------------------------  
TEST  
Lights while testing  
--------------------------------------------------  
· Check disconnection of communication cable  
Lights while an error is detected (Indicate · Check settings of switches  
ERROR  
error code by S0 to S7 LEDs)  
· Check settings of parameter  
· Check power supply voltage.  
Lights when the watchdog timer is time  
up (JW-20RS is faulty)  
FAULT  
Replace the JW-20RS  
See the next page  
Indicates error codes by hexadecimal  
when an error is occurred  
S0 to S7  
8·48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(Error code)  
　
code  
(HEX)  
Error  
LED name  
Cause  
Measure  
S7 6 5 4 3 2 1 S0  
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ●  
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○  
01(H) ROM error, upper CPU  
02(H) RAM error, upper CPU  
Replace the JW-20RS  
2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU  
2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper CPU  
ROM error, communication CPU  
RAM error, communication CPU  
Communication LSI error, communication CPU  
More than one token detected  
03(H)  
04(H)  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ● ●  
○ ● ○ ○  
○
○
○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● 11(H)  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ● ● 13(H)  
●
●
• Check the communica-  
tion cable  
18(H)  
20(H)  
21(H)  
22(H)  
● ○ ○ ○  
•
Check for doubled allocation  
of slave station number  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ●  
• Replace the JW-20RS  
Doubled address detected  
Fault of sending section  
Replace the JW-20RS  
○ ○ ●  
○ ○ ● ○  
○
•
Check the communication cable  
Token does not return within the rated interval  
23(H)  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ●  
• Replace the JW-20RS  
Overflow of receiving buffer.  
○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ● ○ 2A(H)  
Check the communication  
cable  
Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed.  
Flame length error  
2B(H)  
○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ● ●  
•
Occurs because of a media execution  
error or noise from outside.  
2C(H)  
○ ○ ●  
● ● ○ ○  
○
Media error  
• Reinput the power  
Synchronization between master and slave  
station is deviated  
2E(H)  
○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ● ○  
•
•
Decrease load of slave station  
Check the communication cable  
30(H)  
90(H)  
○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○  
● ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ○  
EEPROM error  
• Replace the JW-20RS  
I/O bus error  
• Check I/O module,  
option cables  
● ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ● 91(H)  
I/O signal error  
○
● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ 92(H)  
Mismatch number of I/O points  
8
Check the communication  
cable and master module  
Check power supply  
● ○ ○  
● ○ ○  
○ ○ ● ●  
○ ● ○ ○  
●
●
93(H) Interrupted data from master station  
94(H) Defected power failure at I/O processing  
Check master station PC,  
master module, or  
● ○ ○  
○ ● ○ ●  
●
95(H)  
Master station PC error  
•
communication cable  
● ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ○  
● ○ ○ ● ● ● ●  
9E(H)  
9F(H)  
BCC error  
Check parameter contents  
●
Parameter setting error  
● : ON, ○ : OFF  
Remarks  
• Error codes “23” and “2A(H)” may occur when applying power. This is not an error.  
• To check the communication cable, remove both connectors and short the connector terminals  
at one end. Then measure the conductivity using a tester.  
• Check the parameter and switch settings for all stations. If the settings are correct, replace  
the JW-20CM or JW-20RS.  
8·49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(I/O error code of JW model)  
LED name  
　
code  
Error  
Cause  
Measure  
80 40 20 10 8 4 2 1  
(HEX)  
I/O table error  
Register I/O table  
Replace the JW-20RS  
Replace basic rack panel,  
extension cable, I/O  
module, or register I/O  
table.  
● ○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ● 97(H)  
● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○  
● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ●  
● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ○  
● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ●  
● ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○  
Input data parity error  
Output data error  
98(H)  
99(H)  
9A(H)  
9B(H)  
9C(H)  
I/O table registration error  
Special I/O module error  
Blown fuse  
Replace the fuse  
• When error numbers 98 through 9C(H) occur, the module will store “rack No.” and “slot No.” in the  
parameter address 005000(8) in the JW-20RS.  
Parameter address D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0  
Rack No.  
Slot No.  
005000(8)  
When more than one module has and error, the lowest “rack No.” and “slot No.” will be stored.  
• A special I/O module error (9B(H)) can be detected by the JW-2DA/8AD/11DU/12DU/12PM. When  
the JW-2DA/12PM detects this error, you can also assume that there is a problem in the 24 V  
power supply.  
• A fuse blown error (9C(H)) can be detected by JW-12S/13S/32S/33S/35S.  
If the error cannot be eliminated after replacing the module in which the error occurred, check the  
modules in the JW-20RS and then in the rack panel.  
③ PC body and JW-20CM, JW-20RS  
The operating status of the remote master station and slave stations will vary according to the  
operation, stop, error, and power failure conditions in the PC as follows. For output hold switch in  
8
detail, see page 8·15  
●: Light ON, ×: Blinks, No mark: Lights OFF  
Power supply  
PC body  
JW-20CM Indication lamps  
module  
PC body  
operational  
condition  
System  
memory  
#170 to  
#177  
Indicator  
Operating Error  
Halt  
output  
HALT POWER  
Power  
lamp  
Flag  
relay  
COMM SDRD CD ERROR TEST FAULT S0 to  
S7  
RUN  
FAULT  
Operating at normal  
Stop at normal  
Error  
ON  
ON  
Hold  
Hold  
Hold  
●
●
●
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Close  
Open  
Open  
●
●
●
●
×
●
●
●
Not fixed  
Remote master  
station error  
Not fixed  
Hold  
●
●
Open  
●
Power supply  
module  
JW-20RS Indication lamps  
Condition of output module  
PC body  
operational  
condition  
Halt  
output  
Power  
lamp  
Output hold  
Output hold switch COMM SDRD CD ERROR TEST FAULT S0 to  
HALT POWER  
switch “HOLD”  
“RST”  
S7  
Close  
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Operating at normal  
Stop at normal  
Error  
－
－
●
●
Open  
※
Error  
code  
Hold  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
●
●
●
Open  
●
●
●
●
Remote master  
station error  
Not fixed  
Not Fixed  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
Open  
●
●
Error  
code  
●
Error  
code  
Open  
PC power in OFF  
●
※ When the JW-20RS fault lamp is lit and no error code is displayed, it might be the case that  
the PC has stopped operation (in the program mode).  
8·50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Flag  
Flag area is 8 bytes from the “flag top address” set in the master station JW-20CM parameter, monitor  
communication condition.  
Example: In this case the flag top address is file address 000740(8) (ｺ0740)  
　　　　　　 Ｄ７　Ｄ６　Ｄ５ Ｄ４ Ｄ３ Ｄ２　Ｄ１ Ｄ０　  
All stations  
　　 ｺ0740　０７ ０６ ０５ ０４ ０３ ０２ ０１  
　　 ｺ0741 １７ １６ １５ １４ １３ １２ １１ １０  
　　 ｺ0742 ２７ ２６ ２５ ２４ ２３ ２２ ２１ ２０  
　　 ｺ0743 ３７ ３６ ３５ ３４ ３３ ３２ ３１ ３０  
　　 ｺ0744 ４７ ４６ ４５ ４４ ４３ ４２ ４１ ４０  
　　 ｺ0745 ５７ ５６ ５５ ５４ ５３ ５２ ５１ ５０  
　　 ｺ0746 ６７ ６６ ６５ ６４ ６３ ６２ ６１ ６０  
　　 ｺ0747 ７７ ７６ ７５ ７４ ７３ ７２ ７１ ７０  
communication  
Communication condition  
with slave station 10(8)  
Communication condition  
with slave station 77(8)  
Communication condition  
with slave station 70(8)  
① All stations communication flag  
When the master module JW-20CM is communicating normally with the preset number of slave  
stations, this flag will be ON.  
8
07400  
All stations normal communication  
All stations  
communication  
② Individual communication flag  
The flags corresponding to the slave stations, which are communicating normally with the master  
module JW-20CM will be ON.  
07477  
Slave station 77(8)  
normal communication  
Slave station 77(8)  
8·51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)Error code  
When an error occurs in the JW-20CM, it stores the occurred error’s code to system memory #170  
of each station’s PC.  
Error  
code  
(HEX)  
Error code stored to system memory  
Measure  
Cause  
#160  
#170  
01 ROM error, upper CPU  
02 RAM error, upper CPU  
Replace the JW-20CM  
03 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU  
04 2 port RAM error against  
53(H)  
communication CPU, upper CPU  
11 ROM error, communication CPU  
12 RAM error, communication CPU  
18 Communication LSI error, communication CPU  
1F No response  
• Check the communication  
cable  
•
Check for doubled allocation  
of slave station number  
• Replace the JW-20CM  
1F (H)  
20 (H)  
21 (H)  
22 (H)  
23 (H)  
20 More than one token detected  
21 Doubled address detected  
22 Fault of sending section  
Check the parameter setting  
and switch  
Replace the JW-20CM  
23 Token does not return within the rated interval  
Check the communication cable  
Overflow of receiving buffer.  
2A  
2A (H)  
Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed.  
Check the communication cable  
Replace the JW-20CM  
Replace the JW-20CM  
2B Flame length error  
2C Media error  
2B (H)  
2C (H)  
30 (H)  
BE (H)  
BF (H)  
C1 (H)  
to  
30 EEPROM error  
BE BCC error  
8
Check the switch setting  
BF Parameter setting error  
C1 Communication error  
Check the communication  
cable and slave module  
•
After converting into octal, the lower two digits  
represent the slave station number of the current  
error. (Ex. C1(H) = 301(8)= slave station 01)  
to  
FF  
FF (H)  
•
In some cases, error code 23(H) or 2A(H) is stored when inputting power. This is not an error.  
8·52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Remarks  
• The error code stored in the system memory #170 is shifted to #170 to #177 one after the other as new  
errors occur. Thus, the system memory can store up to 8 errors. When the PC is operating by RAM,  
these error codes do not disappear even after turning OFF the power.  
The contents of system memory #170 to #177 are kept storing after the JW-20CM recovers from the  
error.  
#177  
#176  
#174 #173  
#172  
#171  
#170  
#175  
Occurrence of BCC error  
6E  
Disappear  
Occurrence of parameter  
setting error  
6E  
6F  
• When any of errors “01(H)” to “18(H)” occurs among the error codes listed on the previous page, the JW-  
20CM stores error code “53(H)” (optional error) in the system memory #160. It does not store any error  
code in system memory #170.  
• In the case of an option error "53," when you monitor system memory #050, the bit of error option  
module switches ON. When more than 1 bit is error, these bits switch ON. The each ON bit becomes  
OFF by recovering from the error condition. But the last ON bit does not become OFF even if the error  
condition recovers.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
#050  
8
Port 6 error  
Port 4 error  
Port 2 error  
Port 7 error  
Port 5 error  
Port 3 error  
• The option slot port numbers are assigned in the order 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and so on, starting from the  
position closet to the control module.  
(Ex.: JW-13BU)  
② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦  
Control module  
▲
Port number  
8·53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(4)Recovery method at communication errors  
① Check flow chart  
Occurrence of error  
Connection status of  
cable/connector are normal.  
NO  
YES  
NO  
See “Check cable/connector”  
on next page.  
YES  
See “During initial communica-  
tion” on page 8·57.  
First communication?  
NO  
See “When the communication  
error occurs instantaneously ”  
on page 8·59.  
Does the error occur  
continuously?  
YES  
8
See “When the communication error  
occurs continuously” on page 8·60.  
YES  
Recovery  
NO  
Normal operation  
8·54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② Check cable/connector  
As errors on the junction from the main cable to the drop cable or the contact failure on the  
connecting point of each station or errors of the master module are assumed, check with the  
following procedure.  
Set the error operation mode of a  
JW-20CM master module to “2.”  
YES  
Exchange JW-20CM  
FT lamp turns ON  
NO  
Monitor “individual communication flag”  
in support tool.  
Check and exchange the “bus  
cable” and “branch cable” to  
the station with the error or the  
“station error module where  
the error occurred.”  
YES  
Error only 1 station  
NO  
8
At plural station error  
See next page  
8·55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• If the bus cable between the slave station 05(8) and 06(8) is disconnected in the following system.  
Master  
03(8)  
02(8)  
01(8)  
04(8)  
05(8)  
06(8)  
07(8)  
station  
B
A
C
D
Disconnection  
State of an individual communication flag  
D7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF  
Unstable  
OFF  
As the communication possible stations  
03(8), 02(8), 01(8), and 04(8) are normal, the  
state of communication monitoring flag is  
as follows.  
Remove the connector on point  
A, and turn ON the termination  
resistance of the master station.  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
There is no normal station amoung  
commiunicatable station 05, 06, 07(8),  
and 05(8) is unstable.  
Connect the A connector, and  
then remove the connector on  
point B.  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF Unstable  
OFF  
8
As the communication possible station  
05(8) is normal, abnormal points exists  
ahead of the point C.  
Remove the connector on point  
C and make sure the B  
connector is not connected.  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF ON  
OFF  
The station 05(8) and 06(8) become  
communication possible stations, but the  
station 05(8) is unstable and the station  
06(8) is turned to OFF, so the abnormal  
states occur between the point C and the  
point D.  
Connect the C connector and  
make sure the B connector is  
not connected, and remove the  
connector at the next point to  
the point D.  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF Unstable OFF  
Cause  
Countermeasure  
Remove both the bus cable and  
the branch cable connectors. After  
that, shorten one of these  
connectors and check conductivity  
using a tester.  
Disconnection in the bus cable and the  
branch cable between the station 05(8) and  
06(8), or contact failure of the connectors  
Error on the slave station 06(8)  
Exchange the slave module.  
8·56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ During initial communication (start-up of the system)  
Check the error code of master station  
· When the master station indicates error code BF(H)  
The cause may be a parameter setting error of the master station. Check the master station  
parameters.  
(See the next page)  
· When the master station indicates error code C1 to FF(H)  
The cause may be a error of slave station. Check the error code of slave station.  
· When the COMM lamp of master station is OFF (SD, RD, and CD are flickering)  
Check the following master station’s parameters  
Parameter address  
003777(8)  
Contents  
Setting value  
01  
Start switch  
· Other cases  
Check the switches of the communication module  
Check optional cable of PC (The PC does not operate normally without an optional cable.)  
Check cable and connector  
Check error code  
Check the error code of slave station  
· When the error code of slave station is no display and FAULT lamp is ON  
The cause may be error of wiring. Check for wiring.  
8
· When the slave station indicates error code 93(H) to 95(H)  
When the slave station indicates error code 9F(H)  
· The cause may be a parameter setting error of the slave station.  
Check the slave station parameters.  
· When relation I/O is error  
Check I/O and rack panel.  
· Other cases  
Check the switches of the communication module  
Check optional cable of PC (The PC does not operate normally without an optional cable.)  
Check cable and connector  
8·57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Parameter setting range  
<Fixed allocation>  
· When fixed allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below:  
ｺ0000  
1 to n :  
A :  
Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 32 or 63)  
Remote I/O top address  
N :  
Number of slave station I/O points (fixed to 64 points or  
128 points)  
A
1
2
N
B1 to Bn : Blank between stations  
B1  
N
B2  
•
•
•
N
ｺ1577  
(Setting of JW model special I/O module)  
0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station  
0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations  
Data register  
Up to 8 modules per remote slave station  
Up to 32 modules in total of all stations  
Number of modules  
<Manual allocation>  
· When the manual allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below:  
8
1 to n :  
Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 63)  
ｺ0000  
A1 to An : Remote I/O top address  
N1 to Nn : Number of slave station I/O bytes (0 ≦ Nn ≦ 128)  
N1 + N2 + · · · + Nn ≦ 512  
A1  
1
N
N
A2  
2
•
•
•
An  
Nn  
ｺ1577  
(Setting of JW model special I/O module)  
0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station  
0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations  
Data register  
Up to 8 modules per remote slave station  
Up to 32 modules in total of all stations  
Number of modules  
8·58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
④ When the communication error occurs instantaneously.  
Cause may be:  
• Noise on the communication line.  
• Fault of a communication module.  
• Fault of a communication cable.  
Check the error’s timing.  
When the error occurs synchronous with a peripheral industrial robot’s operation, noise to the  
communication line may be a cause. Consider arrangement of the wiring route.  
Identify the error station.  
When the error occurs at only the specific station, the cause may be the station or nearby. Check  
the following items.  
• Setting of the LT (termination resistance) switch.  
• Check cables/connectors  
Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely)  
Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity)  
Cable length should be less than 1 km  
Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm  
• Error code (See page 8·52)  
When identification of the cause is difficult.  
Condition of the circuit may be unstable. (See page 8·52 “check items of cables and connectors”)  
· Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely)  
· Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity)  
· Cable length should be less than 1 km  
8
· Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm  
8·59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
⑤ When the communication error occurs continuously.  
Identify the error station.  
Specify the error’s station using the communication flag etc., (see page 8·51) and error code (see  
page 8·47). Then check this station.  
• Check the power of the error’s station.  
• Check the error code of the error’s station.  
• Check cables/connectors  
Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely)  
Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity)  
Cable length should be less than 1 km  
Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm  
When identification of the cause is difficult.  
Condition of the whole circuit may be unstable.  
Check cables and connectors.  
· Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely)  
· Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity)  
· Cable length should be less than 1 km  
· Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm  
8
8·60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 9 Data Link  
9-1 Description for data link function  
· The data link function us used to send and receive ON/OFF signals (relay link: max. 2048 points) and  
numerical data (register link : max. 2048 bytes) by PCs or between PC and personal computers connected  
in the satellite net system.  
· The master station and slave stations are connected using a single coaxial cable. As the JW-20CM  
network module can control the data communications, the PC does not need any special programming.  
· When the JW-20CM is assigned as a slave station, it has the standard function and memory capacity  
save function for data link. But the data contents for receiving from other stations is different between  
these two functions. (When the JW-20CM is used as a master station, only the standard function is  
available.)  
[When all of a master station and slave stations are JW-20CM]  
• Master station  
• Slave station  
Data link (Standard function)  
Data link (Standard function)  
Data link  
Receiving data are all relay link area, and  
｝
all register link area of all stations.  
In order to effectively use the memory,  
unify a partial data area or sending/  
receiving address (program) of slave  
stations.  
(Memory capacity save function)  
· A maximum of 6 modules (a mixed installation of master and slave stations is allowed) can be installed  
on one PC.  
· A maximum of 64 stations can transfer data on one network with maximum cable length of 1 km.  
Personal computer  
slave station 02(8)  
9
Master station 00(8)  
Network module  
(JW-20CM)  
Slave station 01(8)  
Network module  
(JW-20CM)  
Slave station 77(8)  
Network module  
(ZW-20CM)  
PC  
PC  
PC  
Network module  
(64 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.)  
Slave station 01(8)  
Network module  
(JW-20CM)  
Slave station 76(8)  
Network module  
(ZW-20CM)  
Slave station 77(8)  
Network module  
(JW-20CM)  
Slave station 02(8)  
Network module  
JW20  
(JW-22CM)  
JW20H  
JW30H  
(64 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.)  
· Both JW and ZW model PCs can be connected on the same cable.  
9·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-2 Communication method  
[1]Data link (standard function)  
Each station sends data in its sending area cyclically and stores data received from other stations in  
its receiving area.  
Station number 00(8)  
Station number 01(8)  
Station number 02(8)  
Station number 03(8)  
：Sending area  
：Receiving area  
For the JW-20CM to execute automatically these sending and receiving procedures, a special program  
for communication is required. Data link have relay link and register link. They can use at the same  
time.  
Function  
Contents  
Relay link  
N: M communication Total no. of link points : 2048 max. (256 bytes)  
Register link N: M communication Total no. of link bytes : 2048 max.  
(1)Relay link function  
Mainly used for sending and receiving ON/OFF information  
[Example] In the case of sending 1-byte data from a master station and slave stations 01 and 02.  
Master station (PC00)  
コ０２００  
コ０２０１  
コ０２０２  
Slave station (PC01)  
Slave station (PC02)  
：
Send  
：Receive  
PC00 Program  
PC01 Program  
PC02 Program  
02000  
02000  
9
02000  
02010  
02020  
02010  
02010  
02020  
02020  
• The link relay of the receiving station must be programmed as input signal by the PC program-  
ming. Also, it may be used as source (S) side of application instruction.  
• The sending and receiving data correspond in bits of one point unit.  
７
６
５
４
３
２
１
０
７
６
５
４
３
２
１
０
コ０２００  
コ０２０１  
コ０２００  
コ０２０１  
Is the same value as ｺ0200 of the master station.  
７
６
５
４
３
２
１
０
７
６
５
４
３
２
１
０
Is the same value as ｺ0201 of the slave station.  
9·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Register link function  
Mainly used for sending and receiving numerical data.  
[Example] In the case of sending 1 byte data from a master station and slave station 01 and 02.  
Master station (PC00)  
０９２００  
０９２０１  
０９２０２  
Slave station (PC01)  
Slave station (PC02)  
：Send  
：Receive  
Register  
Register  
F-00 ｺ0000 09200  
09200  
09200  
Register  
Register  
09201  
F-00 ｺ0000 09201  
09201  
Register  
Register  
Destination side  
09202  
09202  
F-00 ｺ0000 09202  
• The register link area of the sending station may be used as D (Destination) side of the application  
instruction of the PC program.  
• The register link area of the receiving station may be used as S (Source) side of the application  
instruction of the PC program.  
9
9·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[2] Data link (Memory capacity save function)  
V5  
The memory capacity save function is to provide a part of the data link area in the slave station  
data memory as a receiving area. A slave station can receive only the required area by relay link/  
register link so that the slave stations can save on use of the memory area.  
As this function can unify the receiving area address and the sending area address of each slave  
station, the same program can be used for each slave station. Mixed allocation of the addresses  
with the data link (standard function) is also possible.  
Memory  
capacity save  
Standard  
function  
(
)
(
)
function  
Master station Slave station Slave station  
00(8)  
01(8)  
02(8)  
○ : Sending area  
● : Receiving area  
①
③
②
⑤
⑥
④
Memory in  
control module  
Adresses continues in order of  
receiving and sending sequentially.  
Memory in  
JW-20CM  
Function  
Contents  
Total link number of points: Maximum 2048 points (256 bytes)  
9
Relay link N: M communication Total number of points of sending/receiving data per slave  
station: Maximum 512 points (64 bytes)  
Total link number of points: Maximum 2048 bytes  
Register link N: M communication Total number of points of sending/receiving data per slave  
station: Maximum 512 bytes  
Setting contents  
Setting item  
① Top address of master station link area  
② Number of sending data bytes of master station  
③ Number of offset bytes of slave station  
④ Number of sending data bytes of slave station  
⑤ Top address of slave station link area  
⑥ Number of data receiving bytes of slave station  
Master station 's parameter  
Slave station's parameter  
9·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[3]Link function with specific station (F200/F201 link function)  
There is a function for communicating data other than the parameter setting values using the PC's  
application instructions F-200 (write to ports) and F-201 (read from ports). The JW-20CM communicates  
data while executing data link operations.  
See page 13·22 to 13·25 for application instructions F-200 and F-201 in details.  
See instruction manual of ZW-98CM and ZW-20AX in case that communicating with host computer.  
Master station  
00(8)  
Slave station  
Slave station  
03(8)  
Slave station  
01(8)  
02(8)  
Data sending  
Example) In case of sending 8 bytes data from slave station 01(8) to slave station 03(8).  
Slave station 01(8) Slave station 01(8)  
Sending data top address  
Receiving data top address  
JW-20CM installed port number  
Register 09000  
--------------  
Register 09000  
3
--------------  
2
An example of program at slave station 01(8)  
An example of program at slave station 03(8)  
Transfer  
switch  
Complete  
data receiving  
@09100  
F-200  
PORT3  
@ｺ1000  
TASK0  
PORT2  
F-201  
TASK1  
→POR  
POR→  
00000  
Carry  
04004  
Complete  
receiving  
Complete data transfer to a port  
04000  
Complete data receiving  
04004  
Carry  
07356  
07356  
10100  
Non-carry  
Wait for data transfer to a port  
04001  
Non-carry  
Wait for data receiving  
04005  
9
07354  
Error  
07354  
Error  
No module  
04002  
No module  
04002  
07355  
07355  
Receiving data  
Sending data  
8 bytes data  
09000  
09001  
09002  
09003  
09004  
09005  
09006  
09007  
09000  
01 (H)  
01 (H)  
23 (H)  
45 (H)  
67 (H)  
89 (H)  
09001  
09002  
09003  
09004  
09005  
09006  
09007  
(H)  
23  
45  
(H)  
67 (H)  
89 (H)  
8 bytes  
(H)  
AB  
AB  
(H)  
(H)  
CD (H)  
EF (H)  
CD  
EF  
(H)  
Sending data top address  
(register 09000)  
(8)  
(8)  
000  
010  
000  
010  
000  
010  
000  
010  
000  
000  
000  
Receiving data top address  
(register 09000)  
File number  
09100  
09101  
09102  
09103  
09104  
09105  
09106  
09107  
09110  
09111  
ｺ1000  
ｺ1001  
ｺ1002  
ｺ1003  
ｺ1004  
ｺ1005  
ｺ1006  
ｺ1007  
ｺ1010  
ｺ1011  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
File number  
No. of transfer bytes (8 bytes)  
Target station number  
(8)  
(8)  
No. of transfer bytes (8 bytes)  
(8)  
(8)  
003  
(8)  
(8)  
25. Sending station number  
Receiving completed flag (D0)  
001(8)  
Not fixed  
Not fixed  
Not fixed  
9·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[4]SEND/RECEIVE function  
Different from the data link, the SEND/RECEIVE functions are functions which exchange the data of  
the required station of the required time between a PC and a personal computer or between PCs.  
The SEND function is the function which writes in the data after assigning the station to send data to,  
and the RECEIVE function is the function which reads out the data.  
[An example of the SEND function]  
Master  
Slave  
Slave  
Slave  
station 00(8) station 01(8) station 02(8) station 03(8)  
Request to write in  
Response  
[An example of the RECEIVE function]  
Master Slave  
Slave  
Slave  
station 00(8) station 01(8) station 02(8) station 03(8)  
Request to read out  
Response  
• In this instruction, the function is completed after the target station replies. A special program is  
not needed in the connected PC station. If the target station is an upper computer, a program is  
required for response after decoding the SEND/RECEIVE instructions.  
But if the upper computer cannot decode the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, these instructions  
can not be used.  
• The data route for the SEND/RECEIVE functions between the control module and this module is  
called a “channel.” Each module has four channels, CH0 to CH3, and is able to transfer a maximum  
of 256 bytes of data. Therefore, four operations of SEND/RECEIVE functions can be executed  
simultaneously on a ladder program.  
9
[Example]  
JW-20CM  
(Slave station 02(8))  
Control module  
CH0  
CH1  
CH2  
CH3  
Slave  
station  
03(8)  
Slave  
station  
04(8)  
Slave  
station  
05(8)  
Slave  
station  
06(8)  
· There are the “instruction system” and the “data memory starting system” as the starting system  
in SEND/RECEIVE functions.  
You can select the starting system in each channel using a parameter.  
· With the "Data memory start system," the JW-20CM can communicate across different hierarchies  
of the satellite net. However, this type of communication has the following limitations.  
1 JW20/20H cannot be used as relay stations.  
2 ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX cannot be used as communication target stations.  
3 The maximum amount of data is 256 bytes.  
9·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(1)Instruction system  
The PC's application instruction F-202/203 (open channel), F-204 (sending instruction), and F-204  
(receive instruction) to send and receive data between modules in a network, and from a module in a  
network to an upper stream computer is used.  
• In this instruction, the function is completed after the target station replies. A special program is  
not needed in the connected PC station. If the target station is an upper computer, a program is  
required for response after decoding the SEND/RECEIVE instructions.  
But if the upper computer cannot decode the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, these instructions  
can not be used.  
· SEND/RECEIVE functions of instruction system cannot be communicated two hierarchical layer.  
Instruction to be used  
Communication contents  
(see page)  
Specify communication target station in octal notation. (for ZW/JW-20CM)  
Write data in the specified station (SEND instruction)  
F-202 (13-26)  
F-204 (13-27)  
F-205 (13-28)  
Read data out of the specified station (RECEIVE instruction)  
Master station  
00(8)  
Slave station  
02(8)  
Slave station  
03(8)  
Slave station  
01(8)  
Writing and  
reading data  
Response  
Input conditions of F-202/204/205 instructions should keep being ON until finishing execution of  
the instruction (when error flag or carry flag turns to ON.)  
• If the input condition is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an  
incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when this instruction is given, it will come to a  
“communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then ON  
again for recovery.  
9
Take any measure for the cases below:  
• In case that on instantaneous power failure of min. 10ms occurs and the input conditions turn to  
OFF.  
[Countermeasure] Change the input conditions to a latched relay.  
However if you turn OFF and ON the power during execution of the instruction  
while the input condition is set to a latched relay, the JW-20CM will come to  
the following state.  
F-204/205 instruction processing which is being executed is deleted, and  
rising edge of input signal can not be detected for the input condition is kept  
ON so that this instruction can not be executed.  
[Countermeasure] All flags (07354 to 07357) are turned to OFF. Detect them with the timer, and  
operate the next instruction after resetting the input conditions.  
Note: The SEND/RECEIVE instruction is not allowed to use 10 to 2C(H) as the file numbers for the  
communication target station. The data memory start system can use these numbers.  
9·7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[Example ] In case of writing data of 8 bytes to slave station 03(8)  
Module number installing own station JW-20CM : 2  
Channel number using own station JW-20CM : 0  
Data area of slave station 03(8) : 0 (file number)  
Receive top address of slave station 03(8) : Register 09000 (file address 004000(8))  
Send data top address of own station :ｺ1000  
Own station register Sending data  
Receiving data Target station register  
ｺ 1 0 0 0  
ｺ 1 0 0 1  
ｺ 1 0 0 2  
ｺ 1 0 0 3  
ｺ 1 0 0 4  
ｺ 1 0 0 5  
ｺ 1 0 0 6  
ｺ 1 0 0 7  
0 9 0 0 0  
0 9 0 0 1  
0 9 0 0 2  
0 9 0 0 3  
0 9 0 0 4  
0 9 0 0 5  
0 9 0 0 6  
0 9 0 0 7  
0 0 1  
0 0 2  
0 0 3  
0 0 4  
0 0 5  
0 0 6  
0 0 7  
0 1 0  
0 0 1  
0 0 2  
0 0 3  
0 0 4  
0 0 5  
0 0 6  
0 0 7  
0 1 0  
Port No.2  
CH0  
Sending  
Response  
0 3(8)  
Flag  
■ PC program  
Switch  
F–44  
↑
F-32  
SET  
Set sending relay (14000)  
14000  
2-0-03  
010  
00000  
Port No.2, CH0, station number 03(8)  
File number 0  
File address 004000(8)  
Sending relay  
F-202  
OPCH  
file 0  
004000  
14000  
F-204  
SEND  
Send 8 bytes of 1000 to 1007  
ｺ
ｺ
ｺ1000  
9
Detect non-execution after turning ON  
power (Flag does not change for 1  
second)  
Non-carry Error Carry Zero  
TMR  
000  
0010  
14000 07354 07355 07356 07357  
F–44  
F-33  
↑
End of execution and the program resets  
14000  
14000  
RST  
T000  
Error  
07355  
Carry  
07356  
For an example to readout data from the assigned station using F-205, see page 13·28.  
9·8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2) Data memory starting system  
V5  
The data memory starting system is the system which starts the SEND/RECEIVE functions without  
using exclusive instructions. Set the target station number, data memory address, etc. on the  
specified data memory (communication information storage area).  
You can increase the amount of data to be transferred in one SEND/RECEIVE operation using  
multiple connected channels.  
For cases using 1 channel alone, maximum 256 bytes  
For cases using 2 connected channels, maximum 512 bytes  
For cases using 3 connected channels, maximum 768 bytes  
For cases using 4 connected channels, maximum 1024 bytes  
Set these channel connections on the parameter (address 007700 to 007703(8)). (See page 9·27  
and 48)  
[Setting the contents in a communication information storage area]  
In order to assign a communication information storage area (64 bytes), set the top address on the  
parameter (address 007710 to 007713(8)).  
Address(8)  
0
+01  
+02  
+03  
+04  
+05  
+06  
+07  
+10  
+11  
+12  
+13  
+14  
+15  
+16  
FLAGS  
TIMER  
TYPE  
ST1  
R_SL  
ST2  
Top address→  
G
n (L)  
n (H)  
Channel CH0 (16 bytes)  
ADR_A(L)  
ADR_A(H)  
SEG_A  
Not used  
ADR_B(L)  
ADR_B(H)  
SEG_B  
64 bytes  
9
Not used  
+17  
+20  
※
Channel CH1 (16 bytes)  
Channel CH2 (16 bytes)  
Channel CH3 (16 bytes)  
+37  
+40  
※
※
+57  
+60  
+77  
※ The contents of each area (16 bytes) in channel CH1 to CH3  
are the same as the contents of CH0.  
9·9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
*Input/  
Output  
Area  
FLAGS  
Contents  
Input  
Flag (the same as ｺ 0735. Refer to the following table for the details.)  
TIMER  
Output Communication monitoring time 001(D) (0.1 second) to 255(D) (25.5  
seconds) (Initial value 000(D) is 1 second.)  
G (7th bit)  
Output Starting instruction. Turn ON after starting communication.  
Transfer type  
00(H) : SEND (one hierarchical layer),  
TYPE  
(0 bit to 6th bit)  
Output  
01(H) : SEND (two hierarchical layer differences),  
02(H) : RCV (one hierarchical layer),  
03(H) : RCV (two hierarchical layer differences)  
ST1  
Output For cases with one hierarchical layer, the number of the target station  
is 00 to 77(8). For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the  
number of the relay station is 00 to 77(8).  
For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the module number  
of the next hierarchical layer difference in relay station. (When the relay  
station is JW50/70/100 or JW50H/70H/100H, it represents the rack/  
slot number.) For cases with one hierarchical layer difference, invalid.  
R_SL  
Output  
For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the number of the  
target station is 00 to 77(8). For cases with one hierarchical layer  
difference, invalid.  
ST2  
Output  
Number of transfer bytes 000 to 377(8) (000(8) is 256 bytes)  
File address of own station 000000 to 177777(8)  
File number of own station 0 to 7  
n
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
ADR __ A  
SEG __ A  
ADR __ B  
SEG __ B  
File address of target station 000000 to 177777(8)  
File number of target station 0 to 7  
· JW-20CM with 30H mark cannot set 10 to 2C(H)  
* Input : Control module ← JW-20CM, Output : Control module → JW-20CM  
9
• Contents of FLAGS  
Contents of bit  
Value of FLAGS (H)  
Contents  
During non-execution  
7
6
5
4
3 to 0  
0
0
0
0
0
00  
During communicating. Interval after operating the  
instruction till the completion.  
1
0
0
1
0
90  
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
40  
60  
E0  
Normal end  
Abnormal end (communication time-out)  
Abnormal end (error response)  
9·10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[Example] In case of writing 8 bytes data to slave station 03  
Module number installing own station JW-20CM : 2  
Channel number using own station JW-20CM : 0  
Sending data top address of own station : ｺ1000 (file 0, file address 001000(8))  
Data area of target station : 09000 (file 0, file address 004000(8))  
Top address of communication information storage area : ｺ1100  
Own station  
Target station  
register  
Port No.2  
CH0  
register Sending data  
Receiving data  
0 0 1  
0 0 2  
0 0 3  
0 0 4  
0 0 5  
0 0 6  
0 0 7  
0 0 1  
0 0 2  
0 0 3  
0 0 4  
0 0 5  
0 0 6  
0 0 7  
0 1 0  
ｺ 1 0 0 0  
ｺ 1 0 0 1  
ｺ 1 0 0 2  
ｺ 1 0 0 3  
ｺ 1 0 0 4  
ｺ 1 0 0 5  
ｺ 1 0 0 6  
ｺ 1 0 0 7  
0 9 0 0 0  
0 9 0 0 1  
0 9 0 0 2  
0 9 0 0 3  
0 9 0 0 4  
0 9 0 0 5  
0 9 0 0 6  
0 9 0 0 7  
Sending  
Response  
03(8)  
0 1 0  
Communication  
information  
storage area  
ｺ 1 1 0 0  
ｺ 1 1 1 7  
CH0  
Switch  
00000  
F-08  
OCT  
1 second for communication time (TIMER)  
000  
200  
003  
ｺ1101  
ｺ1102  
ｺ1103  
Start instruction in SEND of one hierarchical  
layer (or same layer)  
F-08  
OCT  
9
F-08  
OCT  
Target station number 03(8)  
Number of transfer bytes 8  
F-08w  
OCT  
000010 ｺ1106  
F-101  
SEGM  
Sending top address of own station コ1000  
001000  
001000  
0
0
ｺ1110  
F-101  
SEGM  
Receiving top adress 09000 of target station  
ｺ1114  
Detect non-execution after turning ON  
power (Flag does not change for 1  
second)  
TMR  
000  
0010  
11027 11004 11005 11006 11007  
End of execution and the  
program resets 11027  
F-08  
OCT  
↑
000  
ｺ1102  
T000  
11005  
11006  
9·11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-3 Data transfer required time and communication delay  
time  
(1)Required time for data transfer  
This is the time required for the master station to complete communication with all stations, and is  
determined by the number of connected stations with and the number of data items to transmit.  
N + 136 × P  
Transmission T operation cycle =  
+ 2.5 × P + α + 16 (ms)  
1250  
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　  
N : Total number of link points (value to be calculated by relay link bytes and register link bytes  
8 points).  
P : Number of connected stations (master + slave)  
136 : 136 bits are used for station address and error check data on the communication format.  
1250 : Transmission rate: 1.25M bits per second  
2.5 : Inter-station wait time plus processing time to move to next station (unit : ms)  
α : Communication recovery operation time  
• When an error occurs at any station, the master station periodically treats the error.  
α = 3.5 × number of error stations ms  
16 : Time to maintain token bus. It can enter at random intervals.  
[Example] In the case of two connected stations and 8 bytes of link points,  
8 bytes×8 points×2 stations + 136×2 stations  
Transmission T operation cycle =  
1250  
+ 2.5 × 2 stations + 16 = 21.32 ms  
I/O processing  
I/O processing  
PC operation  
Data exchange  
9
PC operation  
cycle  
PC operation  
Data exchange  
Master station  
(PC00)  
Slave station  
(PC01)  
: Receive  
Ｔ
: Send  
9·12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Communication delay time  
The communication data on the satellite net may have the delay shown below.  
PC00  
PC01  
O N  
I / O  
①
②
PC00  
③
JW-20CM  
④
Operation cycle  
(Communication)  
⑤
JW-20CM  
P C 0 1  
⑥
I / O  
⑦
ON  
① Delay of input module  
② Time required for PC to detect input state (one operation cycle max.)  
③ Operation time of sending PC (one operation cycle)  
④ Time to complete sending of operation result (one communication cycle max.)  
⑤ Time required for receiving PC to write receive data in PC data memory  
(one operation cycle max.)  
⑥ Operation time of receiving PC (one operation cycle)  
⑦ Delay of output module  
Communication delay time is the total time of ① to ⑦ above.  
9
Remarks  
The buffer memory contents of the JW-20CM is renewed for each PC operation cycle.  
Therefore, a contact point which turns “ON” for only one operation cycle of a PC may not be  
transferred.  
9·13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)Data transmission between master PC and slave PC  
Providing synchronous transfer gives positive data communication.  
[An example of synchronized transfer by OUT instruction]  
Master station (PC00)  
Slave station (PC01)  
ｺ 0200  
ｺ 0200  
ｺ 0203  
ｺ 0203  
：Send  
: Receive  
Program in master station  
Program in slave station  
00000  
F–44  
02030  
02000  
02000  
02030  
02000  
• 00000 is turned “ON” at the master station side. (OUT 02000 is a self-holding circuit.)  
• When 02000 is turned “ON” at the slave station side, OUT 02030 is also turned “ON.” This is sent  
back to the master station side.  
9
9·14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-4 Expansion of network  
The JW-20CM can transmit data between 64 stations at maximum. If more than 64 stations are  
required for data link, you can add communication stations with the procedure below.  
(1)Multiple installation of the JW-20CM  
Mounting more than one JW-20CM on the optional slot of the basic rack panel can increase the  
number of stations.  
[In the case of mounting 4 sets of JW-20CM]  
MasterMasterMaster Master  
Slave  
０１  
０２  
０２  
０３  
０３  
０４  
０４  
０５  
０５  
７３  
７３  
７４  
７４  
７５  
７５  
７６  
７６  
７７  
７７  
63 stations max.  
63 stations max.  
Slave  
０１  
Slave  
０１  
０２  
０３  
０４  
０５  
７２  
７３  
７４  
７５  
７６  
７７  
63 stations max.  
Slave  
０１  
０２  
０３  
０４  
０５  
７３  
７４  
７５  
７６  
７７  
７２  
9
63 stations max.  
　　: Master station  
: Slave station  
Slave station number 01 to 77: octal  
Remarks  
• When installing multiple number of modules on a single PC, make them allocated so that  
relay link area, register link area, and flag area may not overlap with each other.  
• When installing multiple number of modules on a single PC, pay attention to the total  
communication data volume and the number of bytes available for communication area.  
• Though more than one JW-20CM can be mounted on single basic rack panel, they cannot  
directly communicate with other stations beyond one network.  
9·15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Hierarchical link  
When 2 sets of JW-20CM are mounted on the optional slot of the basic rack panel, hierarchical link  
communication is possible and can increase the number of stations.  
Master  
Slave  
０１  
０３  
０２  
０４  
０５  
０６  
０７  
１０  
１１  
１２  
１３  
１４  
１５  
１６  
１７  
２０  
２１  
Slave  
２０  
２２  
２１  
２３  
２４  
２５  
７３  
７４  
７５  
７６  
７７  
　　: Master station  
: Slave station  
Slave station number 01 to 77 : octal  
Group C  
This PC is the master of group A  
while serving as a slave in group C.  
This PC is the master of group B while  
serving as a slave in group C.  
9
Group A  
Group B  
Remarks  
• Pay attention to hierarchical link system consisting of more than two levels as it takes time  
for communication between the stations at the highest level and at the lowest level.  
• Though more than one JW-20CM can be mounted on single basic rack panel, they cannot  
directly communicate with other stations beyond one network.  
9·16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-5 Switch setting of master station or slave station  
Operation procedure  
In brackets: See page in Chapter 9  
Start  
Power “OFF” master/slave station  
Remove the setting switch cover.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
Attach label  
[9·18]  
[9·18]  
[9·18]  
[9·19]  
[9·20]  
[9·21]  
9
End  
9·17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Turn master module and slave module  
power “OFF.”  
Remove the setting switch cover of  
network module JW-20CM.  
· With your fingertips over the top and bottom  
of the switch cover, pull the cover towards  
you to remove it.  
· Keep the cover saved as it must be installed  
after switch setting.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
· In case of master station, be sure to setting “1.”  
· In case of slave station, be sure to setting “2” or “3.”  
C
Setting value  
Function  
Set at delivery  
Remote I/O  
A
MODE  
6
0
1
4
Data link (standard  
function)  
2
3
Computer link  
Data link (memory  
capacity save function)  
9
Computer link  
Test mode  
A service man will use  
these switches for  
adjustment.  
4-F  
Do not set “4 to F.”  
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
8
8
7
7
· In case of master station, be sure to setting  
“00(8).”  
· In case of slave station, set 01 to 77(8) in order  
“01” continuously.  
A maximum number of 63 slave stations can  
be connected. Enter station numbers using  
octal notation.  
9
1
6
4
STA.NO.  
X10  
9
1
6
4
X1  
Be careful not to assign the same number  
twice and do not skip any numbers.  
To the next page  
9·18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
L T  
(ON)  
• When master module or slave module is at  
either end the communication line, make sure  
to set the termination resistance switch "ON."  
L G  
(ON)  
Turn ON the termination resistance  
switches on these two stations.  
Reference: Function of the termination resistance switch  
If the communication line does not have a termination resistance, the high frequency signal will  
be reflected at the ends of the cable. These reflected signals can collide with the original  
communication signals, so that some stations will not be able to communicate normally. The  
use of termination resistance suppresses reflected signals. If the termination resistance switch  
on any of the stations in between the end of the cable is turned ON, the station will generate a  
reflection wave signal or attenuate the original signal and may not communicate normally.  
· When the trunk line has a branch in it, turn ON the termination resistance at the station on the  
trunk cable.  
9
Termination  
resistance (ON)  
Drop cable  
(branch line should  
"T" branch  
be less than 400 mm)  
Trunk cable  
· If you use a terminator (termination resistance made by Toko Denshi: ME-75) at the end of a  
signal cable, turn OFF the termination resistance at the station on the end of the cable.  
Terminator  
Terminator  
Less than 1 km  
Terminator: ME-75  
To the next page  
9·19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
L T  
(ON)  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
L G  
(ON)  
· For communication lines, use a coaxial cable.  
· As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit,  
ground its shield by turning “ON” the shield  
ground switch.  
Coaxial cable  
Turn “ON” shield ground  
switch  
Turn “ON” shield ground  
switch  
• Make sure to provide a class-3 grounding for the GND terminal of the power module. Without  
grounding the power module, the JW-20CM cannot become conductive with the ground after  
turning “ON” the shield ground switch. (See page 7 · 2.)  
• Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-20CM.  
While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM  
will cause the welding current to the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern.  
JW-20CM  
JW-20CM  
Coaxial cable  
9
JW-20CM has a  
fuse element here  
Wraparound current  
Turn “ON”  
shield ground  
Turn “ON”  
shield ground  
FG  
FG  
Rack etc.  
Note: In case enough  
conductivity is not  
established.  
Electric welder  
To the next page  
9·20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Attach label  
· Attach the data link label to this module, make  
setting “data link function” clear.  
· Write “STATION NO.” on this label.  
In case of master module  
In case of slave module  
LINK FUNCTION  
DATA LINK  
LINK FUNCTION  
DATA LINK  
STATION NO.  
PC00  
STATION NO.  
PC01  
Switch setting end.  
9
9·21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-6 Setting contents of slave station parameters  
When the JW-20CM is used as a slave station, set the following items for parameters.  
Corresponding  
signs on pages  
11·7 and 11·8  
Initial  
value (H)  
Setting item  
Address(8)  
Contents  
For using SEND/RECEIVE instruction, set the  
time out time by decimal.  
[001 (0.1 sec..) to 255 (25.5 sec.)]  
007500  
to  
007577  
Setting time-out item of SEND/  
RECEIVE instruction  
①
②
00  
91(H): The PC is JW type and ZW-20CM has  
JW mark or JW-20CM or JW-22CM  
81(H): The PC is ZW type and ZW-20CM  
has JW mark or JW-20CM.  
Setting PC model of each  
station in SEND/RECEIVE  
function  
007600  
to  
007677  
91  
00/81(H):ZW-20CM without JW mark  
Select system of each channel  
in SEND/RECEIVE function  
V5  
007700  
to  
007703  
Select instruction system or data memory starting  
system in CH0 to CH3  
00  
00  
※1  
③
④
Setting by file number and file address.  
· Setting within communication information  
storage area (64 bytes)  
File 0: 000000 to 015777(8)  
File 1 to 7: 000000 to 177777(8)  
Top addresses in communi-  
cation information storage area  
when using data memory start-  
ing system of SEND/RECEIVE  
007710  
to  
007713  
V5  
functions  
Number of receiving bytes of  
relay link in memory capacity  
save function  
Set the number of bytes by decimals. (0 to 64)  
· If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same  
as the number of the sending bytes which is set  
in the master station  
007720  
007721  
h
i
1 to hn  
1 to in  
⑤
⑥
00  
00  
V5  
Number of receiving bytes of  
register link in memory  
capacity save function  
Set the number of bytes by decimals. (0 to 512)  
· If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same  
as the number of the sending bytes which is set  
in the master station  
007722  
007723  
V5  
※2  
Set by file number and file address.  
(See page 13·20 and 13·21)  
Top address of relay link  
area  
007730  
to  
007733  
f
1 to fn  
00  
00  
00  
⑦
V5  
Top address of register link  
area  
Set by file number and file address.  
(See page 13·20 and 13·21)  
007734  
to  
007737  
g
1 to gn  
⑧
⑨
9
V5  
Whether the station number  
information should be output  
or not  
Store the number of own station in the data memory  
when setting on 01(H). (storage area of 1 byte follows  
flag area of 24 bytes, valid when 007767(8) is 80(H))  
007763  
V2  
Initial value: 01E0(H)  
↓
007767(8) (ｺ0740)  
Lower of file address  
Upper of file address  
File number  
007764  
007765  
007766  
007767  
007771  
E0  
01  
00  
80  
00  
Top address of flag area  
(communication and PC  
operation condition monitor  
flag)  
e
1 to en  
⑩
⑪
Flag output (Yes: 80(H) No: 00(H))  
Communication error  
detection interval  
Settable detection interval with 100 ms pitch  
00(H): Stop remote I/O operation  
01(H): Start remote I/O operation  
Writing to the EEPROM,  
start operation/stop setting  
⑫
007777  
01  
80(H): Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation  
81(H): Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
08(H): Initialize the parameter  
※ 1 Set only any of JW50/70/100 or JW50/70H/100H is used as PC, and using SEND/RECEIVE  
instruction.  
※2 Set only any of JW50/70/100 or JW50/70H/100H is used as PC, and using the memory capacity  
save function.  
① to ⑫ correspond to numbers in the next page.  
9·22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In brackets: See page in chapter  
Operation procedure  
[ 24 ]  
Turn “ON” the power of master station PC  
Connect support tools  
[ 24 ]  
[ 24 ]  
[ 24 ]  
[ 25 ]  
[ 26 ]  
[ 27 ]  
Stop PC operation  
Stop operation of data link (007777(8) =00(H))  
Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction  
①
Set PC model of each station in SEND/RECEIVE function  
Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function  
②
③
V5  
V5  
Set top address in communication storage area  
when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions  
[ 28 ]  
④
Set number of receiving bytes of relay link in memory capacity save function  
Set number of receiving bytes of register link in memory capacity save function  
Set top address of relay link area  
[ 28 ]  
[ 28 ]  
[ 29 ]  
[ 29 ]  
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
V5  
V5  
V5  
V5  
Set top address of register link area  
9
[ 30 ]  
[ 30 ]  
[ 31 ]  
[ 32 ]  
[ 32 ]  
Select whether to output station number data  
Set top address of flag area  
⑨
⑩
⑪
⑫
V5  
Writing to EEPROM, start operation (007777(8) =81(H))  
Start write to EEPROM and operation  
PC operation  
End  
① to ⑨ correspond to numbers in the previous page.  
9·23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Turn “ON” the power of slave module  
Connect support tools  
· Connect a support tool with the JW-20CM  
and prepare the setting parameter.  
<Usable support tools>  
JW-13PG/12PG  
JW-50SP  
JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S  
• For operation of each support tool, see the  
instruction manual attached. The following  
describes an example of JW-13PG’s key  
operation.  
Stop PC operation  
· Turn to program mode (stop PC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PC  
is in program mode.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Stop PC operation  
Select parameter setting mode.  
Parameter  
Select initial mode  
）
（setting  
9
Stop operation of data link [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20CM is stopped.  
· Write “00(H)” to parameter address 007777(8) and stop operation of the JW-20CM.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07775  
07776  
I PARAM.  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
Write  
Display the contents of parameter  
address 007777 by hexadecimal.  
（00(H).）  
>07777  
HEX  
00  
Reference  
Function of JW-13PG  
•
key: Changeover unit of figures  
HEX (hexadecimal)  
OCT (octal)  
DCM (decimal)  
Bit pattern  
→
→
→
→
•
key: Byte display  
Changeover word display  
←→  
To the next page  
9·24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE function [DCM (decimal), byte]  
When the own station uses the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, set the time-out time on each  
communication target station.  
Setting range is 001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.) by decimal. 00(H) of initial value is 1 second.  
Station  
number (8)  
Station  
number (8)  
Station  
number (8)  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Address  
Address  
Address  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
Master  
station  
007500  
007501  
007502  
007503  
007504  
007505  
007506  
007507  
007510  
007511  
007512  
007513  
007514  
007515  
007516  
007517  
007520  
007521  
007522  
007523  
007524  
007525  
007526  
007527  
007530  
007531  
007532  
007533  
007534  
007535  
007536  
007537  
2 0  
2 1  
2 2  
2 3  
2 4  
2 5  
2 6  
2 7  
3 0  
3 1  
3 2  
3 3  
3 4  
3 5  
3 6  
3 7  
007540  
007541  
007542  
007543  
007544  
007545  
007546  
007547  
007550  
007551  
007552  
007553  
007654  
007555  
007556  
007557  
4 0  
4 1  
4 2  
4 3  
4 4  
4 5  
4 6  
4 7  
4 8  
5 1  
5 2  
5 3  
5 4  
5 5  
5 6  
5 7  
007560  
007561  
007562  
007563  
007564  
007565  
007566  
007567  
007570  
007571  
007572  
007573  
007574  
007575  
007576  
007577  
6 0  
6 1  
6 2  
6 3  
6 4  
6 5  
6 6  
6 7  
7 0  
7 1  
7 2  
7 3  
7 4  
7 5  
7 6  
7 7  
0 1  
0 2  
0 3  
0 4  
0 5  
0 6  
0 7  
1 0  
1 1  
1 2  
1 3  
1 4  
1 5  
1 6  
1 7  
9
Initial value: All address 00(H) (1 second)  
(In case of setting 020(D) (2 sec.) in parameter addresses 007500(8) (master station) and 007501(8)  
(slave station 01).)  
F 5 A 0 A 0  
A 2 C 0  
アドレス  
ＡＤＲＳ  
モ ニ タ  
ＭＮＴＲ  
書　込  
ＥＮＴ  
7
After converting  
Display the contents of  
address 007500(8)  
into decimal  
notation,write the  
setting value.  
C
A
ＳＴＥＰ  
（＋）  
書　込  
2
0
ＥＮＴ  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07477  
07500  
I PARAM.  
DCM 000  
DCM 020  
Write setting value in  
address 007501(8)  
>07501  
DCM 020  
To the next page  
9·25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Set PC model of each station [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Assign model type of the communication target station from ZW and JW PCs, ZW-20CM with JW  
applied or not, or JW-22CM (JW20/20H, JW30H).  
PC of target station  
Communication  
ZW model  
JW model  
module of target station  
ZW-20CM (without JW applied sign)  
ZW-20CM (with JW applied sign)  
JW-20CM  
00, 80  
81  
00, 80  
91  
Setting value(H)  
81  
91  
91(H)  
JW-22CM  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
Master  
station  
007760  
007601  
007602  
007603  
007604  
007605  
007606  
007607  
007610  
007611  
007612  
007613  
007614  
007615  
007616  
007617  
007620  
007621  
007622  
007623  
007624  
007625  
007626  
007627  
007630  
007631  
007632  
007633  
007634  
007635  
007636  
007637  
2 0  
2 1  
2 2  
2 3  
2 4  
2 5  
2 6  
2 7  
3 0  
3 1  
3 2  
3 3  
3 4  
3 5  
3 6  
3 7  
007640  
007641  
007642  
007643  
007644  
007645  
007646  
007647  
007650  
007651  
007652  
007653  
007654  
007655  
007656  
007657  
4 0  
4 1  
4 2  
4 3  
4 4  
4 5  
4 6  
4 7  
4 8  
5 1  
5 2  
5 3  
5 4  
5 5  
5 6  
5 7  
007660  
007661  
007662  
007663  
007664  
007665  
007666  
007667  
007670  
007671  
007672  
007673  
007674  
007675  
007676  
007677  
6 0  
0 1  
0 2  
0 3  
0 4  
0 5  
0 6  
0 7  
1 0  
1 1  
1 2  
1 3  
1 4  
1 5  
1 6  
1 7  
6 1  
6 2  
6 3  
6 4  
6 5  
6 6  
6 7  
7 0  
9
7 1  
7 2  
7 3  
7 4  
7 5  
7 6  
7 7  
1. Initial value: All address 91(H).  
2. Entering both 00(H) and 88(H) will produce the identical result. The SEND communication  
instruction (writing data) is not available with this setting.  
3. You cannot program SEND/RECEIVE instructions in a ZW model PC. However, the ZW model  
PC will respond to SEND/RECEIVE instructions from a JW model PC.  
Ex.: When you want to enter 91(H) at both the master station and at slave station 01 (if the PC a JW  
model and the I/O is a ZW-20CM with a sticker indicating that it can be used with the JW  
model).  
After converting to  
hexadecimal, write  
the setting value.  
Display the contents of  
address 007600(8)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07577  
07600  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
91  
I PARAM.  
>07601  
Write setting value in  
addrsee 007601(8)  
HEX  
91  
To the next page  
9·26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
V5  
Select system in each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function  
Select the method of each channel (instruction or data memory starting) on the parameter address  
007700 to 007703(8).  
007700(8)  
007701(8)  
007702(8)  
007703(8)  
CH 0  
CH 1  
CH 2  
CH 3  
1. When using 1 channel alone  
Setting  
Channel  
System  
value (H)  
0 0  
Instruction system  
CH 0  
8 0  
0 0  
8 1  
0 0  
8 2  
0 0  
8 3  
Data memory starting system  
Instruction system  
CH 1  
CH 2  
CH 3  
Data memory starting system  
Instruction system  
Data memory starting system  
Instruction system  
Data memory starting system  
2. When using connected channels (see page 10·2)  
In the SEND/RECEIVE function, the JW-22CM can transfer and receive a maximum of 256  
bytes of data for each channel. For the data memory starting system, the amount of  
communication data can be increased by connecting channels.  
Set the data amount with 8X(H) (X is 0 to 3, determined depending on which channel is used  
for the connector.)  
9
When using connected channels, these should be consecutive channels. For example,  
channel 0 and 1, or channel 2 and 3 can be connected to each other, but channel 1 and 3 can  
not be connected to each other.  
[Example 1] When all channels are used for the data memory starting system (using 1 channel alone)  
CH 0 007700(8)  
CH 1 007701(8)  
CH 2 007702(8)  
CH 3 007703(8)  
8 0 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
8 2 (H)  
8 3 (H)  
[Example 2] When channel 0 is used for the instruction system, and channel 1 to 3 are the data  
memory starting system and used connected.  
(In this case, channel 2 and 3 can not be used.)  
CH 0 007700(8)  
CH 1 007701(8)  
CH 2 007702(8)  
CH 3 007703(8)  
8 0 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
If values other than “00(H), 80 to 83(H)” are set, they will be ignored.  
To the next page  
9·27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Set top address in communication information storage area when using data memory system  
of SEND/RECEIVE function  
V5  
· Set file address(8) in parameter addresses 007710 to 007713(8).  
Top address of communication information  
storage area  
(file address)  
Lower  
Upper  
007710(8)  
007711(8)  
007712(8)  
007713(8)  
File number of communication  
information storage area  
This setting is valid by 80(H)  
“When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used”  
Set the number of sending bytes of the relay link in save memory function [DCM (decimal), word]  
V5  
· Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter address 007720 to 007721(8).  
Lower  
Upper  
007200(8)  
007721(8)  
· In case of setting 4 bytes using JW-13PG: Example for slave station 02 of page 9·41  
Display the contents of parameter addresses 007720 to  
007721(8)  
Write 00004(D) after converting to decimal  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07714  
07716  
I PARAM.  
>07720  
D
D
00000  
00000  
007720(8)  
007721(8)  
00004(D)  
D
00004  
“When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used”  
Set the number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function  
Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter address 007722 to 007723(8).  
V5  
9
Lower  
Upper  
007722(8)  
007723(8)  
· In case of setting 8 bytes for parameter addresses 007722 to 007723(8) using JW-13PG: Example  
for slave station 02 of page 9·41  
Display the contents of parameter addresses 007722 to  
007723(8)  
Write 00008(D)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07716  
07720  
I PARAM.  
>07722  
D
D
00000  
00004  
007722(8)  
007723(8)  
00008(D)  
D
00008  
To the next page  
9·28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used”  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
Set top address of relay link area.  
V5  
File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte  
· Set file address in parameter address 007730 to 007733(8).  
These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by  
other option module.  
007730(8)  
007731(8)  
007732(8)  
007733(8)  
Lower  
Upper  
00(H)  
File address  
In case of setting ｺ1000 (file address 001000(8)) using JW-13PG : Example for slave station 02 of  
page 9·41.  
Ｄ
Ａ
Display the contents of parameter address  
007730 to 007731(8).  
アドレス  
ＡＤＲＳ  
モニタ  
MNTR  
7
7
３ ０  
Ｂ 1  
Ａ０ ０ ０  
Ａ
Ａ
変　換  
変　換  
変　換  
書　込  
Write 001000(8)  
ＣＯＮＶ ＣＯＮＶ ＣＯＮＶ  
ＥＮＴ  
Ａ０  
ＳＴＥＰ  
（＋）  
書　込  
ＥＮＴ  
Write parameter address 007732 to 007733(8) for 000000(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07726  
07730  
0 000000  
0 001000  
I PARAM.  
>07732  
0 000000  
“When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used”  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
V5  
Set register link area of register link area.  
9
File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte  
· Set file address in parameter address 007734 to 007737(8).  
These top addresses should not overlap the relay link area, flag area, or any area used by other  
option module.  
007734(8)  
007735(8)  
007736(8)  
007737(8)  
Lower  
Upper  
File address  
File number  
In case of setting 09000 (file address 004000(8)) using JW-13PG : Example for slave station 02 of  
page 9·41.  
Ａ
Ａ
Ａ
Ｅ 4  
Write parameter address 007734 to  
007735(8) for 004000(8).  
ＳＴＥＰ  
（＋）  
０ ０ ０  
Ａ
ＳＴＥＰ  
（＋）  
Write parameter address 007736(8) for file number 0.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
０
07716  
07720  
D
D
00000  
00004  
I PARAM.  
>07722  
D
00008  
To the next page  
9·29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
V5  
Set whether the station number information should be output or not  
· Set whether the station number information should be output or not on the parameter address  
007763(8).  
Whether the station  
number information  
should be output or not  
007763(8)  
00(H): Do not output  
01(H): Output  
The station number information is output on the next  
byte of the flag area (24 bytes.)  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte  
V5  
Set top address of flag area  
· Set the top address of the flag area (24 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition  
and PC operation condition on the parameter address 007764 to 007767(8).  
· Flag area uses 24 bytes regardless number of connecting stations.  
Contents  
Lower  
Initial value  
E0(H)  
Byte address  
01E0(H)→000740(8)→ｺ0740  
007764(8)  
007765(8)  
007766(8)  
007767(8)  
01(H)  
Upper  
File number 0  
Output flag  
File number  
00(H)  
D
7
80(H)  
Output flag : ON  
Do not output flag : OFF  
Remarks  
· The PC's input/output relays, auxiliary relays, registers etc. are all allocated individual byte  
addresses for each item. However, the JW-20CM can assign these addresses with file  
addressees allocated throughout the memory.  
9
Byte address  
09000  
File address  
004000  
Byte address  
ｺ0000  
File address  
I/O relay  
Auxiliary relay  
Register  
Register  
ｺ00377  
000377  
000400  
09777  
19000  
004777  
005000  
ｺ00400  
ｺ00677  
ｺ00700  
ｺ00777  
ｺ01000  
000677  
000700  
000777  
001000  
Latch relay  
19777  
29000  
005777  
006000  
General purpose relay  
ｺ01577  
001577  
001600  
TMR/CNT  
time limited contact  
001777  
002000  
b0000  
TMR/CNT/MD  
current value  
99777  
015777  
003777  
b17777  
· The usable file numbers will vary with the memory module that is installed on the PC.  
Name of memory module  
ZW-1MA, JW-1MAH  
ZW-2MA, JW-2MAH  
ZW-3MA, JW-3MAH  
ZW-4MA, JW-4MAH  
Usable file numbers  
0 or 1※  
※ If file number is 1, file  
address shall be within  
000000 to 037777(8).  
(See page 13·20 and 21  
for other cases.)  
0 or 1  
0, 1, 2  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
To the next page  
9·30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Enter communication error detection interval  
[DCM (decimal), byte]  
· If the JW-20CM does not receive data from a station within the specified time (initial value: 250  
ms when fewer than 32 stations are connected, 450 ms when more than 33 stations are connected),  
it turns OFF the communication monitor flag corresponding to this station. The specified time can  
be changed by entering a different value at parameter address 007771(8) (communication error  
detection time). Use the same value for all the stations.  
Normally, this value does not need to be changed. Use the modules with the initial value (00(H)).  
Set value(D) Communication error detection time (ms)  
Initial value: 250 ms for fewer than 32  
000  
* Detection time precision:  
–100 ms to +0 ms  
stations, 450 ms for more than 33 stations.  
001  
002  
003  
004  
005  
006  
…
100  
200  
300  
400  
500  
600  
…
010  
…
1000  
…
255  
2500  
Ex.: If the PC scan time is extremely long (exceeds the time specified above), the communication  
monitor flag will turn OFF, even though there is no communication error. In this case, change  
the value at parameter address 007771(8) to a larger number.  
9
To the next page  
9·31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
· Write “81(H)” into parameter address 007777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the EEPROM  
of the JW-20CM. Then start the JW-20CM.  
· After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).”  
Setting  
Contents  
value  
(H)  
0 0  
Stop operation of the JW-20CM  
0 1  
8 0  
8 1  
0 8  
Start operation of the JW-20CM  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, stop operation  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation  
Initialize parameters  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07775  
07776  
I PARAM.  
>07777  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
EC  
Display the contents of address  
007777(8)  
Write 81(H)  
HEX  
81  
Remarks  
· Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter  
settings, the JW-20CM lights the error code (6F(H)) by the indication lamp.  
When error code 6F(H) lights,  
9
① Check flag top address  
② If the master station also lights up with error code 6F(H), check the top address and  
number of bytes in the relay link and register link in the master station which corresponds  
to the slave station in which the error occurred.  
· Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically transferred to the RAM of the JW-20CM  
when turning ON the power of the PC. At transferring, the PC checks BCC and compares  
BCC check code of the parameter memory address (007776(8)). When an error is found, the  
JW-20CM lights the error code (6E(H)) by the indication lamp.  
· If "parameter initialization" is selected, the module initializes parameter addresses 004000 to  
007776(8).  
PC operation  
Turning a slave module to monitor or change mode (PC operation).  
(Operation example of using JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
Monitor mode  
Change mode  
C00000  
>
9·32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-7 Setting contents of master station parameters  
[1] Setting contents  
When the JW-20CM is used as a master station, set the following items for parameters after setting  
switches.  
For details of the parameter memory, see pages 13·9 to 15.  
※ Corresponding signs on pages 9·35 to 37  
Initial  
Item  
Address (8)  
Contents (setting range)  
※
value  
(H)  
004000  
to  
004001  
Top address of relay link area on  
the master station  
Set file address by octal notation  
(File 0: 000000 to 007777)  
①
00  
a
0
Function  
004002  
004003  
Set to 01(H)  
—
—
②
③
00  
00  
Set number of stations including master  
stations by decimal (2 to 64)  
Number of connected stations  
When a slave station When a slave station  
is data link (standard is data link (memory  
Relay link area top address or  
number of offset bytes on slave  
station 01 to 77(8)  
004004  
to  
004377  
function), set the top  
address by file  
save function), set the  
number of offset bytes  
④
⑤
⑥
00  
00  
00  
a
1
to a77  
address (8) (See page by decimal.  
13・20 and 21)  
(000000 to 00256(D))  
004400  
to  
004403  
Set file address by octal notation  
File 0: 000000 to 15777(8)  
File 1 to 7: 000000 to 177777(8)  
Register link area top address on  
the master station  
b
0
When a slave station When a slave station  
is data link (standard is data link (memory  
Register link area top address or  
number of offset bytes on slave  
station 01 to 77(8)  
004404  
to  
004777  
function), set the top  
address by file  
save function), set the  
number of offset bytes  
b to b77  
1
address (8) (See page by decimal.  
13-20 and 21)  
(000000 to 02048(D))  
005000  
to  
005001  
Number of relay link sending  
bytes of master station  
Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to 256,  
within 0 to 256 in total)  
⑦
⑧
⑨
⑩
⑪
⑫
⑬
00  
00  
00  
00  
00  
91  
00  
c
0
9
005002  
to  
005177  
Set number of relay link seding  
bytes of slave station 01 to 77(8)  
Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to 256,  
within 0 to 256 in total)  
c
1
to c77  
005200  
to  
005201  
Number of register link sending  
bytes of master station  
Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to  
2048, within 0 to 2048 in total)  
d
0
005002  
to  
005377  
Set number of relay link seding  
bytes of slave station 01 to 77(8)  
Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to  
2048, within 0 to 2048 in total)  
d
1
to d77  
007501  
to  
007577  
Time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE  
instruction  
Set time-out time in decimal  
[001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.)]  
007601  
to  
007677  
Set PC type of each station in  
SEND/RECEIVE function  
Select from "00, 80, 81, or 91" by  
hexadecimal  
※ 1  
007700  
to  
007703  
—
Select instruction system or data memory  
starting system in CH0 to CH3  
Select system of each channel  
Set by file number and file address  
- Setting range of communication information  
storage area (64 bytes)  
File 0: 000000 to 015777(8)  
File 1 to 7: 000000 to 177777(8)  
Top addresses in communication  
information storage area when  
using data memory starting  
system.  
007710  
to  
007713  
⑭
00  
※ 1 : Set only when the PC is a JW model using the SEND/RECEIVE function.  
9·33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
※ Corresponding signs on pages 9·35 to 37  
Initial  
Item  
Address (8)  
Contents (setting range)  
※
value  
(H)  
Connection status of slave  
station  
(error code output)  
007750  
to  
007757  
Turn ON a bit corresponding to each station  
(See page 13-15)  
⑮
⑯
00  
00  
—
Store the number of own station in the data  
memory when setting on 01(H) (storage area of  
1 byte follows flag area of 24 bytes, valid when  
007767(8) is 80(H)  
Whether or not to output the  
station number information  
007763  
V5  
Initial value:  
01E0(H )  
007764  
007765  
File address lower bits  
E0  
01  
Flag area top address  
(communication and PC  
operation condition monitor  
flag)  
↓
File address upper bits  
000740(a) (ꢀ 0740)  
ｺ
⑰
e
0
007766  
007767  
File number (00(H) only)  
Flag output (Yes: 80(H), No: 00(H))  
00  
80  
Communication error  
detection time  
007771  
Settable detection time with 100 ms pitch  
—
—
⑱
⑲
00  
00(H): Stop operation  
01(H): Start operation  
- Start/stop operation  
- Write to EEPROM  
007777  
80(H): Stop writing to EEPROM/operation  
81(H): Start writing to EEPROM/operation  
08(H): Initialize parameter  
01  
• ① to ⑲ correspond to numbers in page 9·38.  
9
9·34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[2] Communication area map  
(1) In case that setting data link (the standard function) when the master station and all  
slave stations are JW-20CM.  
○ : Send  
● : Receive  
ｎ＝０２to７７ (8)  
Master station 00(8)　  
Slave station 01(8)  
(Data memory)  
Slave station n  
(Data memory)  
(Data memory)  
ａ1  
ａn  
ａ0  
ｃ0  
ｃ0  
ｃ0  
ｃ
ｃ
1
1
ｃ
1
ｃ
ｃ
n
n
ｃn  
ｂ0  
ｂ1  
ｂn  
ｄ0  
ｄ0  
ｄ0  
ｄ
1
ｄ1  
ｄn  
ｄ1  
9
ｄn  
ｄn  
ｅ
0
ｅ
1
ｅ
n
Flag  
area  
24  
bytes  
24  
bytes  
24  
bytes  
• Set the relay link area, register link area, flag area within the setting range nominated in page  
13·20, 21. However, be careful not to double any address allocation of these.  
• Set a0 to en for parameters of master station and slave station. (See page 9·22, 33 and 34)  
Parameter for setting in slave station  
Parameter for setting in master station  
Top address of relay link area a0, a1 to an  
Top address of register link area b0, b1 to bn  
Top address of flag area (slave station) e1 to en  
Number of sending bytes of relay link area  
c0, c1 to cn  
Number of sending bytes of register link  
area d0, d1 to dn  
Top address of flag area (master station) e0.  
9·35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2) In case that setting the data link ( V5 memory capacity save function) when the master  
station and all slave stations are JW-20CM.  
Memory addresses inside control module of slave station continue in order of receiving and  
ｎ＝０２to７７ (8)  
sending. Master station 00(8)  
(Data memory)  
Slave station 01(8)  
(Data memory)  
Slave station n  
(Data memory)● : Receive  
○ : Send  
※
(Within control  
module)  
ｆ1  
ａ0  
(Within JW-20CM)  
※
ｆ
1
(Within  
64 bytes  
in total)  
ａ1  
ｈ1  
n ｈ  
1
ａ
ｃ0  
※
ｆ
n
ｃ
n
ｆ
1
+
ｈ1  
h
n
ｃ1  
ｃ1  
ｆ
n
+
ｃ
n
ｃn  
ｃn  
• Omitted a memory map  
inside control module.  
※
ｇ1  
ｂ0  
※
ｇ1  
ｂ
ｉ1  
1
(Within a  
total of  
512 bytes)  
ｉ1  
0 ｂn  
ｄ
※
ｇ
n
ｉ
n
ｄ
n
ｇ
1
+
ｉ
1
ｄ
1
ｄ
1
ｇ
n
+
ｄn  
ｄn  
ｄ
n
ｅ
0
ｅ
1
ｅ
n
Flag  
area  
24 bytes  
24 bytes  
24 bytes  
9
• Set the relay link area, the register link area, and the flag area within the settings range of  
page 13·20, 21. Be careful not to double any address allocation of these.  
• Set “a0” to “in” above for parameters of master station and slave station (see page 9·22, 33  
and 34).  
Parameter for setting in master station  
Top address of relay link area a0, a1 to an  
Parameter for setting in slave station  
Top address of flag area (slave station) e1 to  
en  
Top address of register link area b0, b1 to bn Number of receiving bytes of relay link area  
h1 to hn  
Number of sending bytes of relay link area  
c0, c1 to cn  
Number of receiving bytes of register link  
area i1 to in  
Number of sending bytes of register link  
area d0, d1 to dn  
Top address of flag area (master station) e0.  
• Set the receiving area for save memory function within the range of the link area.  
0 ≦ a 1 ≦ Total number of bytes of relay link area -h 1  
0 ≦ a n ≦ Total number of bytes of relay link area -h n  
0 ≦ b 1 ≦ Total number of bytes of register link area -i 1  
0 ≦ a n ≦ Total number of bytes of register link area -i n  
9·36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• Number of receiving bytes of slave station (h1 to hn, i1 to in)  
Select self-setting or “same as number of sending bytes (c1 to cn, d1 to dn)” according to parameter  
(007720 to 007723) of slave station.  
• Number of offset bytes can be set exceeding the number of sending bytes of the master station.  
a 1, a n ≧ c 0 and b 1, b n ≧ d 0  
(3) When the master station and slave stations are all JW-20CM and both data link (the  
standard function) and data link ( V5 memory capacity save function) are set among  
slave stations.  
Set signs below by the parameters of the master station (page 9·22, 33 and 34).  
• An example of a relay link area map for the setting of the data link (standard function) for slave  
station 01 and the data link (memory capacity save function) to slave station 02.  
Slave station 01(8)  
Data link  
(the standard function)  
Slave station 02(8)  
Data link  
Master station 00(8)  
(the memory capacity save function)  
(within JW-20CM)  
(within  
control module)  
ａ0  
ａ1  
ａ
2
ｃ0  
ｆ2  
ｃ
0
ａ2  
ｆ
2
ｈ
2
ｃ2  
ｃ1  
ｃ2  
ｃ
1
ｆ
2+ｈ2  
ｃ
ｃ
2
2
Total number of bytes of relay link area (c0  
≦ 64 bytes 0 ≦  
+
c1  
+
c2) ≦ 256 bytes  
c2  
+
h2  
a2  
≦
c0  
+
c1  
• An example of register link area map for the setting of the data link (the save memory function)  
9
to slave station 01 and 03 and data link (the standard function) to slave station 02.  
Slave station 02(8)  
Data link  
(the standard function)  
Slave station 03(8)  
Data link  
(the memory capacity save function)  
(within JW-20CM)  
Slave station 01(8)  
Data link  
(the memory capacity save function)  
Master station 00(8)  
(within JW-20CM)  
ｄ
0 ｇ1  
ｂ0  
ｂ
ｄ0  
2
ｂ
ｄ1  
1
ｂ3  
ｇ3  
ｉ1  
ｄ
3
i
3
ｇ
1+  
ｉ
1
ｄ
1
ｄ
ｄ1  
2
ｄ2  
ｄ
1
ｇ1  
3
i
+
ｄ
ｄ
3
ｄ3  
3
Total number of bytes of register link area (d0  
+
+
d
1
+
d2  
+
d3) ≦ 2048 bytes  
0 ≦  
b1  
≦
d0  
+
d2  
+
d3  
0 ≦  
b3  
≦
d0  
+
d1  
d2  
i1  
+
d1  
≦ 512  
i3  
+
d3  
≦ 512  
9·37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[3] Setting procedure  
In brackets: See page in chapter 9  
[ 39 ]  
Start slave station PC operation  
Turn ON the power of master station PC  
Connect support tools  
[ 39 ]  
[ 39 ]  
[ 39 ]  
[ 39 ]  
[ 40 ]  
[ 42 ]  
[ 42 ]  
Stop PC operation  
Stop operation of data link (007777(8) =00(H))  
Set top address of the relay link area on the master station  
Set data link function (004002(8) =01(H))  
Set number of connecting stations  
①
②
③
Set top address of relay link area on slave station 01 to 77(8) (at standard function)  
[ 42 ]  
④
⑤
⑥
/number of offset bytes (at memory capacity save function)  
[ 43 ]  
[ 44 ]  
Set top address of register link area on master stations  
Set top address of register link area on slave station 01 to 77(8) (at standard function)  
/number of off set bytes (at memory capacity save function)  
[ 45 ]  
[ 45 ]  
[ 46 ]  
[ 46 ]  
[ 47 ]  
[ 48 ]  
[ 49 ]  
Set number of sending bytes of the master station relay link  
Set number of sending bytes of the slave station 01 to 77(8) relay link  
Set number of sending bytes of the master station register link  
⑦
⑧
⑨
⑩
⑪
⑫
⑬
9
Set number of sending bytes of the slave station 01 to 77(8) register link  
Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction  
Set PC model of each station  
Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function  
V5  
V5  
Top address in communication information storage area  
when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions  
[ 50 ]  
⑭
⑮
⑯
⑰
⑱
⑲
[ 50 ]  
[ 50 ]  
[ 51 ]  
[ 51 ]  
[ 52 ]  
[ 52 ]  
Set connection status of slave stations  
Whether the station number information should be output or not  
Set top address of flag area  
V5  
Set detection time of communication error  
Writing to EEPROM, start operation (007777(8) =81(H))  
PC operation  
End  
① to ⑲ correspond to numbers in page 9·33.  
9·38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
“Run” the slave station PC  
Turn “ON” the power of the master station PC and connect support tools  
• Connect a support tool with the JW-20CM and prepare  
the setting parameter.  
<Usable support tools>  
JW-13PG/12PG  
JW-50SP  
JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S  
• For operation of each support tool, see the instruction  
manual attached. The following describes an example  
of JW-13PG’s key operation.  
Stop PC operation  
• Turn to program mode (stop PC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PC  
is in program mode.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Stop PC operation  
Select parameter setting mode.  
Parameter  
Select initial mode  
（
setting  
）
9
Stop operation of data link [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
• Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20CM is stopped.  
• Write “00(H)” to parameter address 007777(8) and stop operation of the JW-22CM.  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07775  
07776  
I PARAM.  
>07777  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
Write  
Display the contents of parameter  
address 007777 by hexadecimal.  
（00 ）  
.
(H)  
HEX  
00  
Function of JW-13PG  
Reference  
•
key: Changeover unit of figures  
→HEX(hexadecimal) →OCT(octal) → DCM(decimal) →Bit pattern  
•
key: Byte display  
Changeover word display  
←→  
To the next page  
9·39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set top address of the relay link area on the master station [OCT (octal), word]  
• Set file address(8) to parameter address 004000 to 004001(8).  
These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by  
other option module.  
In case of setting ｺ0210 (file address 000210(8)) using JW-13PG : Example for slave station of  
page 9·41.  
(Word display)  
After converting to octal,  
write the data 000210.  
Display the contents of address  
004000(8)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
03774  
03776  
I PARAM.  
0
0
000000  
000000  
>04000  
0
000210  
Remarks  
· The PC's input/output relays, auxiliary relays, registers etc. are all allocated individual byte  
addresses for each item. However, the JW-20CM can assign these addresses with file  
addressees allocated throughout the memory.  
Byte address  
09000  
File address  
004000  
Byte address  
ｺ0000  
File address  
I/O relay  
9
Register  
Register  
ｺ0377  
000377  
000400  
09777  
19000  
004777  
005000  
ｺ0400  
Auxiliary relay  
Latch relay  
ｺ0677  
ｺ0700  
ｺ0777  
ｺ1000  
000677  
000700  
000777  
001000  
19777  
29000  
005777  
006000  
General purpose relay  
Register  
Register  
ｺ01577  
001577  
001600  
TMR/CNT  
time limited contact  
29777  
39000  
006777  
007000  
001777  
002000  
b0000  
TMR/CNT/MD  
current value  
39777  
007777  
003777  
b1777  
To the next page  
9·40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
[Example for setting]  
The master station and slave station 01 and 02 are JW-20CM.  
It shows example for setting that slave station 01 is data link (standard function) and slave  
station 02 is data link (memory capacity save function : V5 ).  
(Standard)  
Slave station 01  
(Save memory)  
Master  
station  
○ : Send  
● : Receive  
Slave station 02  
Offset  
ｺ0200  
(4 bytes)  
0210  
ｺ
ｺ0210  
8 bytes  
4 bytes  
8 bytes  
0214  
ｺ
Relay  
link area  
0220  
0224  
ｺ
ｺ
0223  
1000  
ｺ
ｺ
4 bytes  
8 bytes  
1004  
ｺ
0233  
0400  
ｺ
ｺ
1013  
ｺ
ｺ0400  
Off set  
(8 bytes)  
16 bytes  
Register  
link area  
0420  
0430  
ｺ
ｺ
9000  
9010  
9017  
0420  
ｺ
8 bytes  
8 bytes  
8 bytes  
8 bytes  
0430  
0437  
ｺ
ｺ
0437  
0740  
ｺ
ｺ
Flag  
24 bytes  
Station No.  
information  
Flag  
24 bytes  
Station No.  
information  
0740  
ｺ
24 bytes  
19000  
Flag  
area  
0767  
0770  
ｺ
ｺ
19027  
19030  
ｺ0767  
ｺ0770  
Station No.  
information  
9
Slave station 1  
(standard)  
Slave station 2  
(save memory)  
Maser station  
Top address of relay link area  
ｺ0210  
ｺ0200  
※ ｺ1000  
4 bytes  
Number of off set bytes of relay link area  
Number of sending bytes of relay link  
Number of receiving bytes of relay link  
Top address of register link area  
–
–
4 bytes  
–
8 bytes  
8 bytes  
–
ｺ0400  
–
※ 4 bytes  
※ 09000  
8 bytes  
ｺ0400  
–
Number of off set bytes of register link area  
Number of sending bytes of register link  
Number of receiving bytes of register link  
Top address of flag area  
16 bytes  
–
8 bytes  
–
8 bytes  
※ 8 bytes  
※ 19000  
※ Yes  
0740  
ｺ
※ 0740  
ｺ
Station number information output  
Yes  
※ Yes  
No mark --Setting by parameter of master station  
※ ----------Setting by parameter of slave station  
To the next page  
9·41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Data link function setting [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
• Set “01(H) (=001(8))” in parameter address 004002(8) and change to “relay/register link.”  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Write 001(8) to 004002(8)  
04000  
04001  
I PARAM.  
HEX  
HEX  
880  
00F  
>04002  
HEX  
01  
Set number of connecting stations [DCM (decimal), byte]  
• Set the number of connecting stations (02 to 64(D)) including the master station in the parameter  
address 004003(8) by octal.  
• If you try to set values other than 02 to 64(D), JW-20CM the displays 6F(H) error code.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
04001  
04002  
I PARAM.  
DCM  
DCM  
000  
001  
After converting into decimal  
notation in 004003(8), write “003.”  
>04003  
DCM  
003  
Set top address of relay link area on slave station (01 to 77) (at standard function)/number of  
offset bytes (memory capacity save function)  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte  
Set the "same" as or "different" from the  
master station: HEX (hexadecimal) , bytes.  
• Set in parameter addresses 004004 to 004377(8). These top addresses should not overlap the  
register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module.  
9
In case of standard function, set top address by file address(8).  
In case of save memory function, set number of offset bytes.  
Lower  
Upper  
00(H)  
·
004004(8)  
004005(8)  
004006(8)  
004007(8)  
Slave  
station  
01  
00(H): The top address is the same address of the master station  
regardless of the value set at of 004004 to 004005(8).  
80(H): The top address is different from the address of the master  
station (Offset is valid).  
〜
Lower  
Upper  
00(H)  
·
004374(8)  
004375(8)  
004376(8)  
004377(8)  
For the save memory function, set in 80(H).  
Slave  
station  
77(8)  
00(H)  
80(H)  
• In case of setting ｺ0200 (file address 000200(8)) in parameter addresses 004004 to 004007(8)  
(slave station 01) and set 4 (number of off set bytes) in 004010(8) to 004013(8) (slave station 02).  
(Example for page 11·10.)  
To the next page  
9·42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Write 000200(8) in parameter ad-  
dresses 004004 to 004005(8).  
Word  
Convert to  
octal figures  
（ ）  
display  
Slave  
station  
01  
Write 000(8) (=00(H)) in parameter address 004006(8).  
Byte  
（ ）  
display  
Write 80(H) (the top address is not same as the  
master station) in parameter address 004007(8).  
Convert to hexa-  
decimal figures  
Write 00004(D) (offset 4) in parameter addresses  
004010 to 004011(8).  
Slave  
station  
02  
Write 00(H) in parameter address 004012(8).  
Write 80(H) (offset valid) in parameter address 004013(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
04011  
04012  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>04013  
HEX  
80  
Set top address of register link area on the master station  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
9
File number: HEX (hexadecimal) , bytes.  
Set on the parameter address (004400 to 004403(8)) in the file address(8). These top addresses  
should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option modules.  
Lower  
Upper  
File number  
004400(8)  
004401(8)  
004402(8)  
004403(8)  
File address  
• In case of setting ｺ0400 (file address 000400(8)) in parameter addresses 004400 to 004403(8) and  
set 0 (file number) in 004402(8). (Example for page 9·41).  
Display the contents of parameter addresses 004400 to  
004401(8)  
Write 000400(8) after converting to octal.  
Write file no 0 in parameter address 004402(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
04400  
04401  
OCT 000  
OCT 001  
I PARAM.  
>04402  
OCT 000  
To the next page  
9·43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set top address of register link area on slave station 01 to 77(8) (at standard function)/  
number of offset bytes (at memory capacity save function)  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte  
Set the "same" as or "different" from the  
master station: HEX (hexadecimal) , bytes.  
Set in parameter addresses 004404 to 004777(8). These top addresses should not overlap the  
register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module.  
In case of standard function, set top address by file address(8).  
In case of memory capacity save function, set number of offset  
bytes.  
Lower  
Upper  
File number  
·
004404(8)  
004405(8)  
004406(8)  
004407(8)  
Slave  
station  
01  
00(H): The top address is the same address of the master station  
regardless of the values set at of 004404 to 004405(8).  
〜
Upper  
File number  
·
〜
80(H): The top address is different from the address of the master  
station (Offset is valid).  
Lower  
004774(8)  
004775(8)  
004776(8)  
004777(8)  
Slave  
station  
77(8)  
For the memory capacity save function, set in 80(H).  
00(H)  
80(H)  
• In case of setting 0 (the top address is ｺ0440, the same as the address of the master station) in  
parameter addresses 004404 to 004407(8) (slave station 01) and the offset byte number 8 and  
“offset valid” on the parameter address 004410 to 004413(8) (slave station 02). (Example for 9·40)  
Slave  
station  
01  
Write 0 in parameter 004004 to 004007(8) (same as master  
station).  
9
Write 00008(D) (offset 8) in parameter addresses  
004410 to 004411(8).  
Slave  
station  
02  
Write 00(H) (file 0) in parameter address 004412(8).  
Write 80(H) (offset valid) in parameter address 004413(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
04011  
04012  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
00  
I PARAM.  
>04013  
HEX  
80  
To the next page  
9·44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set the number of sending bytes of the master station relay link [DCM (decimal), word]  
• Set in parameter addresses 005000 to 005001(8).  
005000(8)  
005001(8)  
Lower  
Upper  
• These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, or the flag area, or exceed the  
setting range (0 to 256 bytes for each station, 256 bytes for all stations in total).  
In case of setting 8 bytes: Using JW-13PG example for page 9·41  
Display the contents of parameter addresses 005000 to  
005001(8)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
Write 00008(D) after converting to decimal.  
04774  
04776  
I PARAM.  
D 00000  
D 00000  
>05000  
D 00008  
Set the number of sending bytes of the slave station (01 to 77) relay link [DCM (decimal), word]  
• Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 005002 to 005177(8).  
(set in each station, 2 bytes for each station).  
These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, or the flag area, or exceed the  
setting range (0 to 256 bytes for each station, 256 bytes for all stations in total).  
Lower  
Upper  
Slave  
station 01(8)  
005002(8)  
005003(8)  
Enter by decimal  
｝
to  
to  
Lower  
Upper  
Slave  
station 77(8)  
005176(8)  
005177(8)  
Enter by decimal  
｝
(In case of setting 4 bytes for slave station 01, and set 8 bytes for slave station 02: Example of page  
9·41)  
9
Write 00004(D) in parameter  
Slave station 01  
addresses 005002 to 005003(8).  
Write 00008(D) in parameter  
Slave station 02  
addresses 005004 to 005005(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
05000  
05002  
I PARAM.  
D 00008  
D 00004  
>05004  
D 00008  
To the next page  
9·45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Set the number of sending bytes of the master station register link [DCM (decimal), word]  
• Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 005200 to 005201(8).  
• These top addresses should not overlap the relay link area or the flag area, or exceed the setting  
value (0 to 2048 bytes for each station, 2048 bytes for all stations in total).  
Lower  
Upper  
005200(8)  
005201(8)  
Enter by decimal  
｝
(In case of setting 16 bytes using JW-13PG: Example of page 9·41)  
Display the contents of parameter addresses 005200 to  
005201(8)  
Write 00016(D) in decimal notation.  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
05174  
05176  
I PARAM.  
D 00000  
D 00000  
>05200  
D 00016  
Set the number of sending bytes of the slave station (01 to 77(8)) register link [DCM (decimal), word]  
• Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 005202 to 005377(8).  
(set in each station, 2 bytes for each station).  
These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, or the flag area, or exceed the  
setting range (0 to 2048 bytes for each station, 2048 bytes for all stations in total).  
Lower  
Upper  
Slave  
station 01  
005202(8)  
005203(8)  
to  
to  
Lower  
Upper  
Slave  
station 77(8)  
005376(8)  
005377(8)  
(In case of setting 8 bytes both for slave station 01 and 02: example of page 9·41)  
9
Write 00008(D) in parameter  
Slave station 01  
addresses 005202 to 005203(8).  
Write 00008(D) in parameter  
Slave station 02  
addresses 005204 to 005205(8).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
05200  
05202  
D 00016  
D 00008  
I PARAM.  
>05204  
D 00008  
To the next page  
9·46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE function [DCM (decimal), byte]  
• When the own station uses the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, set the time-out time on each  
communication target station.  
• Setting range is 001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.) by decimal. 00(H) of initial value is 1 second.  
Address  
Station  
No. (8)  
Address  
Station  
No. (8)  
Address  
Station  
No. (8)  
Address  
Station  
No. (8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
2 0  
2 1  
2 2  
2 3  
2 4  
2 5  
2 6  
2 7  
3 0  
3 1  
3 2  
3 3  
3 4  
3 5  
3 6  
3 7  
4 0  
4 1  
4 2  
4 3  
4 4  
4 5  
4 6  
4 7  
4 8  
5 1  
5 2  
5 3  
5 4  
5 5  
5 6  
5 7  
6 0  
6 1  
6 2  
6 3  
6 4  
6 5  
6 6  
6 7  
7 0  
7 1  
7 2  
7 3  
7 4  
7 5  
7 6  
7 7  
―
007520  
007521  
007522  
007523  
007524  
007525  
007526  
007527  
007530  
007531  
007532  
007533  
007534  
007535  
007536  
007537  
007540  
007541  
007542  
007543  
007544  
007545  
007546  
007547  
007550  
007551  
007552  
007553  
007654  
007555  
007556  
007557  
007560  
007561  
007562  
007563  
007564  
007565  
007566  
007567  
007570  
007571  
007572  
007573  
007574  
007575  
007576  
007577  
―
007501  
007502  
007503  
007504  
007505  
007506  
007507  
007510  
007511  
007512  
007513  
007514  
007515  
007516  
007517  
0 1  
0 2  
0 3  
0 4  
0 5  
0 6  
0 7  
1 0  
1 1  
1 2  
1 3  
1 4  
1 5  
1 6  
1 7  
9
Initial value: 00(H) in all address (1 second)  
(In case of setting 020(D) (2 sec.) both for slave station 01 and 02 using JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07500  
07501  
I PARAM.  
DCM  
DCM  
000  
020  
Display the contents of  
address 007501(8)  
>07502  
DCM  
020  
Write setting  
value  
Writs setting value in  
addrsee 007502(8)  
To the next page  
9·47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Set PC model of each station [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
• Assign model type of the communication target station from ZW and JW PCs, ZW-20CM with  
JW applied or not, or JW-22CM (JW20/JW20H, JW30H)  
PC of target station  
Communication  
ZW model  
JW model  
module of target station  
ZW-20CM (without JW applied sign)  
ZW-20CM (with JW applied sign)  
JW-20CM  
00, 80  
81  
00, 80  
91  
Set values(H)  
81  
91  
91  
JW-22CM  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
Address  
Station  
number (8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
007620  
007621  
007622  
007623  
007624  
007625  
007626  
007627  
007630  
007631  
007632  
007633  
007634  
007635  
007636  
007637  
2 0  
2 1  
2 2  
2 3  
2 4  
2 5  
2 6  
2 7  
3 0  
3 1  
3 2  
3 3  
3 4  
3 5  
3 6  
3 7  
007640  
007641  
007642  
007643  
007644  
007645  
007646  
007647  
007650  
007651  
007652  
007653  
007654  
007655  
007656  
007657  
4 0  
4 1  
4 2  
4 3  
4 4  
4 5  
4 6  
4 7  
4 8  
5 1  
5 2  
5 3  
5 4  
5 5  
5 6  
5 7  
007660  
007661  
007662  
007663  
007664  
007665  
007666  
007667  
007670  
007671  
007672  
007673  
007674  
007675  
007676  
007677  
6 0  
6 1  
6 2  
6 3  
6 4  
6 5  
6 6  
6 7  
7 0  
7 1  
7 2  
7 3  
7 4  
7 5  
7 6  
7 7  
007601  
007602  
007603  
007604  
007605  
007606  
007607  
007610  
007611  
007612  
007613  
007614  
007615  
007616  
007617  
0 1  
0 2  
0 3  
0 4  
0 5  
0 6  
0 7  
1 0  
1 1  
1 2  
1 3  
1 4  
1 5  
1 6  
1 7  
9
1. Initial value: 91(H) all address.  
2. Entering both 00(H) and 88(H) will produce the identical result. The SEND communication  
instruction (writing data) is not available with this setting.  
3. You cannot program SEND/RECEIVE instructions in a ZW model PC. However, the ZW model  
PC will respond to SEND/RECEIVE instructions from a JW model PC.  
Ex.: When you want to enter 91(H) at both the slave station 01 and 02 (if the PC a JW model and  
the I/O is a ZW-20CM with a sticker indicating that it can be used with the JW model or JW-  
20CM).  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07600  
07601  
I PARAM.  
HEX  
HEX  
00  
91  
After converting to  
hexadecimal, write  
the setting value.  
Display the contents of  
address 007601(8)  
>07602  
HEX  
91  
Write setting value in  
addrsee 007602(8)  
To the next page  
9·48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Select system in each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function  
• Select the method of each channel (instruction or data memory starting) on the parameter  
address 007700 to 007703(8).  
007700(8)  
007701(8)  
007702(8)  
007703(8)  
CH 0  
CH 1  
CH 2  
CH 3  
1. When using 1 channel alone  
Setting  
Channel  
System  
value (H)  
0 0  
Instruction system  
CH 0  
8 0  
0 0  
8 1  
0 0  
8 2  
0 0  
8 3  
Data memory starting system  
Instruction system  
CH 1  
CH 2  
CH 3  
Data memory starting system  
Instruction system  
Data memory starting system  
Instruction system  
Data memory starting system  
2. When using connected channels  
In the SEND/RECEIVE function, the JW-20CM can send and receive a maximum of 256 bytes  
of data for each channel. For the data memory starting system, the amount of communication  
data can be increased by connecting channels.  
Set the data amount with 8X(H) (X is 0 to 3, determined depending on which channel is used  
for the connector.)  
9
When using connected channels, these should be consecutive channels. For example,  
channel 0 and 1, or channel 2 and 3 can be connected to each other, but channel 1 and 3 can  
not be connected to each other.  
[Example 1] When all channels are used for the data memory starting system (using 1 channel alone)  
CH 0 007700(8)  
CH 1 007701(8)  
CH 2 007702(8)  
CH 3 007703(8)  
8 0 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
8 2 (H)  
8 3 (H)  
[Example 2] When channel 0 is used for the instruction system, and channel 1 to 3 are the data  
memory starting system and used connected.  
(In this case, channel 2 and 3 can not be used.)  
CH 0 007700(8)  
CH 1 007701(8)  
CH 2 007702(8)  
CH 3 007703(8)  
8 0 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
8 1 (H)  
If you enter values other than “00(H), 81(H) to 83(H)” the JW-20CM ignores the entry.  
To the next page  
9·49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
“When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used”  
Set top address in communication information storage area when using data memory  
starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions  
V5  
Set address of communication information storage area in parameter addresses 007710 to  
007713(8).  
Top address of communication information  
Lower  
007710(8)  
007711(8)  
007712(8)  
007713(8)  
storage area  
(file address)  
Upper  
File number of communication  
information storage area  
This setting is valid by 80(H)  
Set connection status of slave station [bit pattern, byte]  
• In the initial settings of the data link function, the JW-20CM will not display errors (on the LEDs on  
the panel, or in the system memory) even if it detects a communication error in a slave station. In  
order to display the error when a slave station communication error is detected, set bit 0(E) at  
parameter address 007750(8) to ON. Each bit at addresses 00751 to 007757(8) corresponds to a  
slave station. Turn ON the respective bit if required. (See page 13·15.)  
With the setting above, the JW-20CM will display errors when a slave station whose corresponding  
bit is ON produces a communication error.  
Ex.: Setting the bits to output errors for slave  
stations 01 and 02 using the JW-13PG.  
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
007750(8)  
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07746  
07747  
I PARAM.  
>07750  
□□□□□□□□  
□□□□□□□□  
□□□□□■■■  
9
· If a bit corresponding to a slave station is turned OFF, the module will not display an error code  
for a slave station which has an error.  
V5  
Set whether the station number information should be output or not  
• Set whether the station number information should be output or not on the parameter address  
007763(8).  
Whether the station  
number information  
007763(8)  
00(H): Do not output  
should be output or not  
01(H): Output  
The station number information is output on the next  
byte of the flag area (24 bytes.)  
To the next page  
9·50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
File address: OCT (octal), word  
Set top address of flag area  
File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte  
• Set the top address of the flag area (24 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition  
and PC operation condition on the parameter address 007764 to 007767(8).  
• Flag area uses 24 bytes regardless number of connecting stations.  
Initial value  
Lower  
Contents  
E0(H)  
Byte address  
01E0(H)→000740(8)→ｺ0740  
007764(8)  
007765(8)  
007766(8)  
007767(8)  
01(H)  
Upper  
File number 0  
Output flag  
File number  
00(H)  
D
7
80(H)  
Output flag : ON  
Do not output flag : OFF  
• In case of setting “ｺ0740, output flag” using JW-13PG.  
Write “740(ｺ740)” in parameter addresses 007764 to 007765(8).  
After switching to byte display, write file  
No. 0 with HEX (hexadecimal)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07765  
07766  
HEX  
HEX  
01  
00  
I PARAM.  
>07767  
HEX  
80  
Write 80(H) to address  
007767(8)  
Enter communication error detection interval  
[DCM (decimal), byte]  
9
• If the JW-20CM does not receive data from a station within the specified time (initial value: 250  
ms when fewer than 32 stations are connected, 450 ms when more than 33 stations are connected),  
it turns OFF the communication monitor flag corresponding to this station. The specified time can  
be changed by entering a different value at parameter address 007771(8) (communication error  
detection time). Use the same value for all the stations.  
Normally, this value does not need to be changed. Use the modules with the initial value (00(H)).  
Set value(D)  
Communication error detection time (ms) ※  
000  
001  
…
Initial value: 250 ms for fewer than 32 stations, 450 ms for more than 33 stations.  
100  
…
010  
…
1000  
…
255  
2500  
※ Detection time precision : —100 ms to +0 ms  
Ex.: If the PC scan time is extremely long (exceeds the time specified above), the communication  
monitor flag will turn OFF, even though there is no communication error. In this case, change  
the value at parameter address 007771(8) to a larger number.  
To the next page  
9·51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
From the previous page  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM, start operation [HEX (hexadecimal), byte]  
• Write “81(H)” into parameter address 007777(8) and write the set parameter contents into  
the EEPROM of the JW-20CM.  
• Then start the JW-20CM. After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).”  
Setting  
Contents  
value  
(H)  
0 0  
Stop operation of the JW-20CM  
0 1  
8 0  
8 1  
0 8  
Start operation of the JW-20CM  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, stop operation  
Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation  
Initialize parameters  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
07765  
07766  
I PARAM.  
>07767  
HEX  
HEX  
01  
00  
Display the contents of address  
007777(8)  
Write 81(H)  
HEX  
80  
Remarks  
· Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter  
settings, the JW-20CM lights the error code (6F(H)) by the indication lamp. To recover from this  
condition.  
■ Treatment when error code 6F(H) appears and COMM is turned OFF.  
① Check number of top addresses/bytes of master station “relay link” and “register link.”  
② Check the set value for number of connected stations.  
9
③ Check the set value for master station flag top address.  
④ Check whether the function is set to “relay register link.”  
· Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically written to the RAM of the JW-22CM  
when turning ON the power of the PC. At reading, the PC checks BCC and compares BCC  
check code of the parameter memory address (007776(8)). When an error is found, the JW-  
20CM lights the error code  
(6E(H)) by the indication lamp.  
· If "parameter initialization" is selected, the module initializes parameter addresses 004000 to  
007776(8).  
PC operation  
Turning a master module to monitor or change mode (PC operation).  
(Operation example of JW-13PG)  
Screen display of JW-13PG  
Monitor mode  
C00000  
>
Change mode  
9·52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-8 Error and treatment  
Operation status of the JW-20CM can be check by indication lamps, flags, or system memory.  
(1) Indication lamp  
JW–20CM  
C O M M ○ ○ S 0  
S D ○ ○ S 1  
R D ○ ○ S 2  
C D ○ ○ S 3  
L T ○ ○ S 4  
T E S T ○ ○ S 5  
E R R O R ○ ○ S 6  
F A U L T ○ ○ S 7  
Indication lamp  
Name  
Operation  
Recovery  
9
COMM Lights while the remote I/O is operating  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------  
SD  
RD  
CD  
Flickers while sending data  
Flickers while receiving data  
Flickers while detecting a carrier  
Lights when the termination resistance  
switches turned ON  
LT  
--------------------------------------------------  
TEST  
Lights while testing  
--------------------------------------------------  
· Check disconnection of communication cable  
Lights while an error is detected (Indicate · Check settings of switches  
ERROR  
error code by S0 to S7 LEDs)  
· Check settings of parameter  
· Check power supply voltage.  
Lights when the watchdog timer is time  
up (JW-20CM is faulty)  
FAULT  
Replace the JW-20CM  
See the next page  
Indicates error codes by hexadecimal  
when an error is occurred  
S0 to S7  
9·53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(Error code)  
● : ON, ○ : OFF  
　
code  
(HEX)  
Error  
LED name  
80 40 20 10 8 4 2 1  
Cause  
ROM error, upper CPU  
Measure  
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● 01(H)  
RAM error, upper CPU  
○ ○ ● ○ 02(H)  
○ ○ ○  
○
Replace the JW-20CM  
2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU  
2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper CPU  
ROM error, communication CPU  
RAM error, communication CPU  
Communication LSI error, communication CPU  
No response, communication CPU  
More than one token detected  
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●  
03(H)  
04(H)  
11(H)  
12(H)  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
○ ● ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ●  
○
●
• Check the communica-  
tion cable  
○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○  
•
Check for doubled allocation  
of slave station number  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
● ○ ○ ○ 18(H)  
●
●
● ● ● ● 1F(H)  
• Replace the JW-20CM  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 20(H)  
Check the parameter  
setting, switch  
Doubled address detected  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ●  
21(H)  
22(H)  
23(H)  
Fault of sending section  
○ ○ ●  
○ ○ ● ○  
○
Replace the JW-20CM  
Token does not return within the rated interval  
Over flow of receiving buffer.  
○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ●  
Check the communication cable  
○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ○  
○
2A(H)  
Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed.  
Check the communication  
cable  
Flame length error  
Media error  
•
Occurs because of a media execution  
error or noise from outside.  
○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ● ●  
○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ○ ○  
2B(H)  
2C(H)  
Check the communication cable  
EEPROM error  
BCC error  
○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○  
● ○ ● ● ● ● ● ○  
30(H)  
Replace the JW-20CM  
BE(H)  
BF(H)  
※C1(H)  
to  
Check the parameter contents  
Parameter setting error  
● ○ ●  
● ● ● ●  
●
Communication error  
● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ●  
Check the communication  
cable and slave module  
• After converting into octal, the lower two digits  
represent the slave station number of the current  
error. (Ex. C1(H) = 301(8) = slave station 01)  
to  
※FF(H)  
● ● ● ●  
● ● ●  
●
※ You need to select the "output error code for a slave station connection condition" at the master  
station parameter addresses 007750 to 007757(8). If more than one slave station has an error,  
the slave station with the lowest station number will be displayed.  
9
Remarks  
• Error codes “23” and “2A(H)” may occur when applying power. This is not an error.  
• To check the communication cable, remove both connectors and short the connector terminals  
at one end. Then measure the conductivity using a tester.  
• Check the parameter and switch settings for all stations. If the settings are correct, replace  
the JW-20CM or JW-20RS.  
9·54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Flag  
Flag area is 24 bytes from the “flag top address” set in the master station/slave station parameters.  
① Flag table [ In case of flag top address is ｺ0740 (initial value) ]  
Slave station 01(8)  
Master station  
ｺ0740  
ｺ0741  
ｺ0742  
ｺ0743  
ｺ0744  
07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00  
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10  
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20  
37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30  
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40  
① Communication  
monitor flag  
ｺ0745 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50  
ｺ0746 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60  
ｺ0747 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70  
Slave station 70(8)  
Master station  
ｺ0750  
ｺ0751  
ｺ0752  
07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00  
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10  
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20  
Slave station 01(8)  
ｺ0753 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30  
② Operation condition  
monitor flag [1]  
ｺ0754 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40  
Slave station 70(8)  
9
57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50  
67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60  
77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70  
07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00  
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10  
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20  
37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30  
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40  
57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50  
67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60  
77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70  
ｺ0755  
ｺ0756  
ｺ0757  
ｺ0760  
ｺ0761  
ｺ0762  
ｺ0763  
ｺ0764  
ｺ0765  
ｺ0766  
ｺ0767  
Master station  
Slave station 01(8)  
② Operation condition  
monitor flag [1]  
Slave station 70(8)  
Remarks  
• Even a slave station can monitor 24 bytes of flag.  
9·55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② In the case of a master station (PC 00)  
· Communication monitor flag  
This flag is used to monitor the communication condition with other stations. Non-connected  
station keeps this flag as “OFF.”  
Flag operation  
Flag  
Condition for flag operation  
Own  
station  
flag  
(master  
station)  
When the link start switch is set to “01(H),” and the master station is operating  
normally.  
ON  
When the link start switch is set to “00(H).”  
OFF  
Improper setting of parameter, BCC check error, or other errors.  
Flag operation  
Flag  
Condition for flag operation  
Normal communication with slave stations.  
Stopped communication or unable to  
communicate with slave stations.  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master  
station is turned “OFF.”  
Specific  
slave  
station  
ON  
Other  
station’s  
flag  
OFF  
(01 to 77)  
All slave stations  
The master station periodically executes communication recovery operation with the  
communication error slave station. When the error situation is recovered, the master station  
returns to normal communication.  
· Operation condition monitor flag [1]  
This flag is used to monitor the operation condition of slave stations when the communication  
with each slave station is normal.  
Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.”  
Flag  
Condition for flag operation  
Flag operation  
Own  
station flag  
(master  
9
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “ON.”  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.”  
※ON  
OFF  
station)  
Flag operation  
Flag  
Condition for flag operation  
Slave station is operating.  
Slave station stops operation (not by an error cause).  
ON  
Specific  
slave  
Other  
station’s  
flag  
station  
OFF  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master  
station is turned “OFF.”  
Slave station that communication monitor flag (1)  
is turned to “OFF.”  
All slave stations  
(01 to 77)  
Not specified  
※ Even if a master station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM  
turns “ON” this flag while communicating.  
9·56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
· Operation condition monitor flag [2]  
This flag is used to monitor the abnormal stop of each slave station when the communication with  
each slave station is normal.  
Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.”  
Condition for flag operation  
Flag operation  
※ON  
Flag  
Own  
station flag  
(master  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “ON.”  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.”  
OFF  
station)  
Flag operation  
Flag  
Condition for flag operation  
Each slave station is normal.  
Any of the slave stations is faulty (caused to be  
stopped abnormally).  
Specific  
ON  
slave  
Other  
station’s  
flag  
station  
All slave  
stations  
OFF  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station  
is turned “OFF.”  
Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is  
turned to “OFF.”  
(01 to 77)  
Not specified  
※ Even if a master station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM  
turns “ON” this flag while communicating.  
9
9·57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ In the case of slave station (PC 01 to 77(8))  
· Communication monitor flag  
This flag is used to monitor the communication condition with other stations. Non-connected  
station keeps this flag as “OFF.”  
Flag operation  
Condition for flag operation  
Flag  
When the link start switch is set to “01(H),” and at communicating with a  
master station normally.  
ON  
Own  
station  
flag  
When the link start switch is set to “00(H).”  
OFF  
When link start switch “00(H)” of the master station is OFF.  
Condition for flag operation  
Flag operation  
Flag  
Normal communication with each station.  
Stopped communication or unable to  
communication with each station.  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the master  
station is turned “OFF.”  
ON  
Specific  
Other  
station’s  
flag  
station  
OFF  
All stations  
· Operation condition monitor flag [1]  
This flag is used to monitor the operation condition of each station when the communication with  
each station is normal.  
Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.”  
Flag operation  
Condition for flag operation  
Flag  
Own  
station  
flag  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “ON.”  
※ON  
OFF  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “OFF.”  
Condition for flag operation  
Each station is operating.  
Flag operation  
Flag  
9
ON  
Specific  
station  
Other  
station’s  
flag  
Each station stops operation (not by an error cause).  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station  
is turned “OFF.”  
OFF  
All slave  
stations  
Slave station that communication monitor flag (1)  
is turned to “OFF.”  
Not specified  
※ Even if the own station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM  
turns “ON” this flag while communicating.  
9·58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
· Operation condition monitor flag [2]  
This flag is used to monitor the abnormal stop of each station when the communication with each  
station is normal.  
Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.”  
Condition for flag operation  
Flag  
Flag operation  
※ON  
Own  
station  
flag  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “ON.”  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “OFF.”  
OFF  
Condition for flag operation  
Each station is normal.  
Any of the stations is faulty (caused to be stopped  
abnormally).  
Flag  
Flag operation  
ON  
Specific  
station  
Other  
station’s  
flag  
OFF  
Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station  
All stations  
is turned “OFF.”  
Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is  
turned to “OFF.”  
Not specified  
※ Even if a own station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM turns  
“ON” this flag while communicating.  
9
9·59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
④ Monitor operation condition by each station PC  
By creating a program having the flags shown below in each station’s PC, the JW-20CM can  
monitor the operation condition of each station’s PC.  
[Ex.: In this case the flag top address is ｺ0740]  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Flag top address  
Master station  
ｺ0740  
0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0  
to to to to to to to to  
(1) Communication monitor flag  
to  
ｺ0747  
ｺ0750  
7 7 7 6 7 5 7 4 7 3 7 2 7 1 7 0  
0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0  
Slave station 70(8)  
to  
to to to to to to to to  
(2) Operation condition monitor flag [1]  
ｺ0757  
ｺ0757  
7 7 7 6 7 5 7 4 7 3 7 2 7 1 7 0  
0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0  
(3) Oparation condition monitor flag [2]  
to  
to to to to to to to to  
7 7 7 6 7 5 7 4 7 3 7 2 7 1 7 0  
ｺ0760  
Slave station 01  
Slave station 01  
Slave station 01  
Slave station 01  
normal operation  
Communication monitor  
0 7 4 0 1  
Operation condition (1) Operarion condition (2)  
0 7 6 0 1  
0 7 5 0 1  
9
9·60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3) Error code  
When an error occurs in the JW-20CM, it stores the occurred error’s code to system memory #170  
of each station’s PC.  
Error  
code  
(HEX)  
Error code stored to system memory(H)  
Measure  
Cause  
#160  
#170 to 177  
01 ROM error, upper CPU  
02 RAM error, upper CPU  
03 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU  
04 2 port RAM error against  
communication CPU, upper CPU  
11 ROM error, communication CPU  
12 RAM error, communication CPU  
18 Communication LSI error, communication CPU  
1F No response  
Replace the JW-20CM  
53  
• Check the communication  
cable  
•
Check for doubled allocation  
of slave station number  
• Replace the JW-20CM  
1F  
20  
21  
22  
23  
2A  
2B  
2C  
30  
6E  
6F  
C1  
to  
20 More than one token detected  
21 Doubled address detected  
22 Fault of sending section  
23 Token does not return within the rated interval  
2A Over flow of receiving buffer.  
Check the parameter setting  
Replace the JW-20CM  
Check the communication cable  
Check the  
2B Flame length error of receiving  
2C Media error  
communication cable  
30 EEPROM error  
Replace the JW-20CM  
6E BCC error  
Check the parameter setting  
6F Parameter setting error  
C1 Communication error  
Check the communication  
cable and slave module  
•
After converting into octal, the lower two digits  
represent the slave station number of the current  
error. (Ex. C1(H) = 301(8)= slave station 01)  
to  
FF  
FF  
9
· In some cases, error code 23(H) or 2A(H) is stored when inputting power. This is not an error.  
Remarks  
• The error code stored in the system memory #170 is shifted to #170 to #177 one after the other as new  
errors occur. Thus, the system memory can store up to 8 errors. When the PC is operating by RAM,  
these error codes do not disappear even after turning OFF the power.  
The contents of system memory #170 to #177 are kept storing after the JW-20CM recovers from the  
error.  
#177 #176 #175 #174 #173 #172 #171 #170  
Occurrence of BCC error  
6E  
Disappear  
Occurrence of parameter  
setting error  
6E  
6F  
9·61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• When any of errors “01(H)” to “18(H)” occurs among the error codes listed on the previous page, the JW-  
20CM stores error code “53(H)” (optional error) in the system memory #160. It does not store any error  
code in system memory #170.  
• In the case of an option error "53," when you monitor system memory #050, the bit of error option  
module switches ON. When more than 1 bit is error, these bits switch ON. The each ON bit becomes  
OFF by recovering from the error condition. But the last ON bit does not become OFF even if the error  
condition recovers.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
#050  
Port 6 error  
Port 4 error  
Port 2 error  
Port 7 error  
Port 5 error  
Port 3 error  
• The option slot port numbers are assigned in the order 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and so on, starting from the  
position closet to the control module.  
(Ex.: JW-13BU)  
② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦  
Control module  
▲
Port number  
9
9·62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(4)Recovery method at communication errors  
① Check flow chart  
Occurrence of error  
Connection status of  
cable/connector are normal.  
NO  
YES  
NO  
See “Check cable/connector”  
on next page.  
YES  
See “During initial communica-  
tion” on page 9·66.  
First communication?  
NO  
See “When the communication  
error occurs instantaneously ”  
on page 9·69.  
Does the error occur  
continuously?  
YES  
9
See “When the communication error  
occurs continuously” on page 9·69.  
YES  
Recovery  
NO  
Normal operation  
9·63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② Check cable/connector  
As errors on the junction from the main cable to the drop cable or the contact failure on the  
connecting point of each station or errors of the master module are assumed, check with the  
following procedure.  
YES  
Exchange master module  
FAULT lamp turns ON  
NO  
Monitor “individual communication flag”  
in support tool.  
See page 9·55  
Check and exchange the “bus  
cable” and “branch cable” to  
the station with the error or the  
“station error module where  
the error occurred.”  
YES  
Error only 1 station  
NO  
At plural station error  
See next page  
9
9·64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• If the bus cable between the slave station 05(8) and 06(8) is disconnected in the following system.  
Master  
03(8)  
02(8)  
01(8)  
04(8)  
05(8)  
06(8)  
07(8)  
station  
B
A
C
D
Disconnection  
State of an individual communication flag  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF  
Unstable  
OFF  
As the communication possible stations  
03(8), 02(8), 01(8), and 04(8) are normal, the  
state of communication monitoring flag is  
as follows.  
Remove the connector on point  
A, and turn ON the termination  
resistance of the master station.  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF  
ON  
As the one side of the termination  
resistance is lost, all of the  
communication possible stations 05(8),  
06(8), and 07(8) are abnormal, and the  
station 05(8) is unstable.  
Connect the A connector, and  
then remove the connector on  
point B.  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF Unstable OFF  
ON  
9
As the communication possible station  
05(8) is normal, abnormal points exists  
ahead of the point C.  
Remove the connector on point  
C and make sure the B  
connector is not connected.  
Turn ON the termination  
resistance of the slave module  
05(8).  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
OFF ON  
OFF  
ON  
As the one side of the termination  
resistance is lost, the station 05(8) and  
06(8) become communication possible  
stations, but the station 05(8) is unstable  
and the station 06(8) is turned to OFF, so  
the abnormal states occur between the  
point C and the point D.  
Connect the C connector and  
make sure the B connector is  
not connected, and remove the  
connector at the next point to  
the point D.  
Turn OFF the termination  
resistance of the slave station  
05(8), and turn ON the  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D
0
termination resistance of the  
end station 06(8).  
OFF Unstable OFF  
ON  
Cause  
Countermeasure  
Remove both the bus cable and  
the branch cable connectors. After  
that, shorten one of these  
connectors and check conductivity  
using a tester.  
Disconnection in the bus cable and the  
branch cable between the station 05(8) and  
06(8), or contact failure of the connectors  
Error on the slave station 06(8)  
Exchange the slave module.  
9·65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ During initial communication (start-up of the system)  
Lighting error code 6F(H)  
· When the master station indicates error code 6F(H) and the COMM lamp is OFF.  
The cause may be a parameter setting error of the master station. Check the master station parameters  
below.  
Parameter address(8)  
004000 to 004001  
004003(8)  
Contents  
Setting range  
Relay link top address of master  
station  
0000 to 39777(8)  
(File 0 : 000000 to 007777(8))  
ｺ
Amount of connectable stations  
2 to 64(D)  
ｺ
0000 to 99777(8)  
Register link top address of  
master station  
(File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8))  
000000 to 177777(8)  
(File 1 to 7)  
004400 to 004403  
Relay link sending bytes of each  
station  
0 to 256D)  
Total : 256 max.  
005000 to 005177(8)  
005200 to 005377  
Register link sending bytes of  
each station  
0 to 2048(D)  
Total : 2048 max.  
ｺ
0000 to 99777(8)  
(File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8))  
000000 to 177777(8)  
(File 1 to 7)  
007764 to 007767  
Flag top address  
· When the master station indicates error code 6F(H) and the COMM lamp lights.  
The cause may be a setting error of any of the slave stations which are set in the parameter.  
Check the following master station parameters.  
Parameter address(8)  
004004 to 004377  
Contents  
Setting range  
0000 to 39777(8)  
(File 0 : 000000 to 007777(8))  
9
Relay link top address of slave  
station  
ｺ
Relay link offset bytes of slave  
station  
00000 to 00256(D)  
ｺ
0000 to 99777(8)  
Register link top address of slave  
station  
(File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8))  
000000 to 177777(8)  
(File 1 to 7)  
004404 to 004777  
Register link offset bytes of slave  
station  
00000 to 02048(D)  
Relay link top address sending  
bytes of each station  
0 to 256D)  
Total : 256 max.  
005000 to 005177  
005200 to 005377  
Register link sending bytes of  
each station  
0 to 2048(D)  
Total : 2048 max.  
0000 to 99777(8)  
ｺ
(File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8))  
000000 to 177777(8)  
(File 1 to 7)  
007764 to 007767  
Flag top address  
When slave station is JW-22CM, see “JW-22CM users manual” for setting range.  
9·66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
· When the master station is normal and the error code 6F(H) of a slave station lights.  
The cause may be a faulty setting of the slave station parameter. Check the following slave station  
parameters.  
Parameter address(8)  
Contents  
Setting range  
0 to 256D)  
Relay link receiving bytes of  
slave station  
Total : 256 max. In case of  
"0", same as number of  
sending bytes  
007720, 007721  
0 to 2048(D)  
Register link receiving bytes of  
slave station  
Total : 256 max. In case of  
"0", same as number of  
sending bytes  
007722, 007723  
007730 to 007733  
007734 to 007737  
※
Relay link top address of slave  
station  
ｺ
0000 to 39777(8)  
(File 0 : 000000 to 007777(8))  
0000 to 99777(8)  
ｺ
Register link top address of slave  
station  
(File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8))  
000000 to 177777(8)  
(File 1 to 7)  
ｺ
0000 to 99777(8)  
(File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8))  
000000 to 177777(8)  
(File 1 to 7)  
007764 to 007767  
Flag top address  
※ In case of using memory capacity save function  
When slave station is JW-22CM, see “JW-22CM users manual” for setting range.  
When the COMM lamp of the master station is OFF (SD,RD,CD are flickering).  
Check the following master station’s parameters.  
9
Parameter address(8)  
004002(8)  
Contents  
Data link function  
Start switch  
Setting value  
01  
01  
007777(8)  
9·67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Other cases  
• Check the switches of the JW-20CM (see check item)  
• Check optional cable of PC (The JW-20CM does not operate normally without an optional cable.)  
• Check cable and connector (see check item)  
• Check error code  
[Switches required check in the JW-20CM]  
①Station number (STA NO.)  
②Mode switch (MODE)  
③Termination resistance switch (LT)  
④Shield ground switch (LG)  
If there are errors in the station number and the mode switch, change the setting with the power  
OFF, and then turn ON the power.  
[Check items of cables and connectors]  
①No looseness or removal of connectors (turn the connector right until it completely locks).  
②Connectors are appropriately fixed on the cables (When any faults such as extrusion of pins or  
connector being easily removed by pulling, reinstall these connectors.)  
③Wiring conditions are appropriate (See chapters 6 and 7).  
④Not too long branch lines (shorter than 400 mm).  
⑤Termination resistance are correctly connected.  
(Turn “ON” the termination resistance switch of the termination stations or install a termination  
tool.)  
9
9·68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
④ When the communication error occurs instantaneously.  
Cause may be:  
• Noise on the communication line.  
• Fault of a communication module.  
• Fault of a communication cable.  
Check the error’s timing.  
When the error occurs synchronous with a peripheral industrial robot’s operation, noise to the  
communication line may be a cause. Consider arrangement of the wiring route.  
Identify the error station.  
When the error occurs at only the specific station, the cause may be the station or nearby. Check  
the following items.  
• Setting of the LT (termination resistance) switch.  
• Cable (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”)  
• Error code (See page 9·54)  
When identification of the cause is difficult.  
Condition of the circuit may be unstable. (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”)  
⑤ When the communication error occurs continuously.  
Identify the error station.  
Specify the error’s station using the communication flag etc., and check this station.  
• Check the power of the error’s station.  
• Check the error code of the error’s station.  
• Check cables near the error’s station. (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”)  
9
When identification of the cause is difficult.  
Condition of the whole circuit may be unstable. Check cables and connectors.  
(See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”)  
9·69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(5)Module replacement procedure  
When you want to change the JW-20CM due to an operation fault (lighting FT lamp) etc., follow the  
procedures below.  
Make sure to store the set parameters onto a floppy diskette using a support tools.  
(See the next page)  
Operation procedure  
Start  
Turn “OFF” the PC power  
Remove the cables from the JW-20CM  
Loosen one retention screw and  
Remove the JW-20CM from the rack panel  
take out from the rack panel.  
(See chapter 9·19)  
Set the switches of the new JW-20CM  
Install the new JW-20CM  
Connect the cables to the new JW-20CM  
Turn “ON” the PC power  
Load the parameters.  
9
Load the parameters stored in the  
floppy diskette into the new JW-20CM  
and write in the EEPROM, then start  
operation. For details, see chapter 11.  
End  
9·70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 10 Computer link  
10-1 Description for computer link  
· You can transmit data between JW-20CM and host computer having a network module ZW-98CM/ZW-  
20AX and the like.  
· Computer link function can not be used separate mode, but simultaneously with operation of data link  
function.  
· Both JW and ZW model PCs can be connected on the same cable.  
JW-20CM  
ZW-20CM  
JW-22CM  
JW20  
JW20H  
JW30H  
PC  
PC  
Network module  
(64 stations max., Total length: 1km max.)  
· In order to use the computer link function, you must use application software which can send a command  
from the host computer and receive a response from the opposite station.  
See “Instruction manual of network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX etc.” and the like for operation method  
on host computer side.  
10  
10·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10-2 Communication method  
The host computer communicates with each station number one by one.  
① The host computer instructs station number/communication contents/memory address/data  
etc. of the communicating station as a “command.”  
② The “command” receiving station processes this data and returns the result as “response.”  
（System example）  
Master station 00(8)  
Slave station 01(8)  
Slave station 02(8)  
Slave station 03(8)  
Host computer  
Command  
Response  
On the computer link, the host computer can communicate with any required station regardless  
of whether it is the master or slave station.  
10  
10·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10-3 Switch setting  
Same as setting switch of data link. (See page 9·17 to 9·21)  
When you was already used for data link, setting switch is unnecessary.  
Operation procedure  
Start  
Power “OFF” master/slave station  
Remove the setting switch cover.  
Set MODE (function) switch  
Set STA. NO. (station number) switch  
Set LT (termination resistance) switch  
Set LG (shield ground) switch  
Attach label  
10  
End  
10·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10-4 Command  
For communication format etc., see network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX etc. instruction manual of  
host computer side.  
Read out relay (1 point unit)  
Function  
Read out ON (01(H))/OFF (00(H)) status of specified relay.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
00(H) (MRL)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
00000 to 15777(8)  
Set/reset relay (1 point unit)  
Function  
Set (01(H))/reset (00(H)) the specified relay.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
10(H) (SRR)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
00000 to 15777(8)  
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out current value of register/file register (1024 bytes max./ one time)  
Function  
Read out current value that specified register/file register  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
00(H) (MRG, RFLF)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
When PC is ZW model  
When PC is JW model  
b0000 to b1777  
ｺ
ｺ0000 to 1577  
b0000 to b1777  
ｺ
0000 to ｺ1577  
09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777  
File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777  
09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777  
29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777  
49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777  
69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777  
89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777  
E9000 to E9777 E1000 to E1777  
File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777  
※
※ Usable file number varies with memory  
module using for PC. (See page 13·21)  
※
Write in register/file register (1024 bytes max./ one time)  
Function  
Write in manual data that specified register/file register  
13(H) (SRT)  
Command code  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
1 or 2  
10  
Unrelated  
When PC is ZW model  
When PC is JW model  
b0000 to b1777  
0000 to 1577  
b0000 to b1777  
ｺ
0000 to  
1577  
ｺ
ｺ
ｺ
09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777  
File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777  
09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777  
29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777  
49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777  
69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777  
89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777  
E9000 to E9777 E1000 to E1777  
File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777  
※
※ Usable file number varies with memory  
module using for PC. (See page 13·21)  
※
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Write in same data to register/file register  
Function  
Write in same data that specified register/file register  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode, but unavailable for  
writing in same data to file  
register.  
Command code  
12(H) (FRG)  
1 or 2  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
When PC is ZW model  
When PC is JW model  
b0000 to b1777  
b0000 to b1777  
0000 to 1577  
ｺ
ｺ
0000 to 1577  
ｺ
ｺ
09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777  
File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777  
09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777  
29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777  
49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777  
69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777  
89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777  
E9000 to E9777 E1000 to E1777  
File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777  
※
※ Usable file number varies with memory  
module using for PC. (See page 13·21)  
※
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out current value of timer/counter/MD  
Function  
Read out current value that specified timer/counter/MD  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
03(H) (MTC)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
: When PC is except for JW50H/70H/100H  
0000 to 0777(8)  
: When PC is JW50H/70H/100H  
0000 to 0777(8)  
Set/reset timer/counter (1 points unit)  
Function  
Set (timeup, countup) or reset (return to setting value) that specified  
timer/counter  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
13(H) (SRT)  
Specify writing mode  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
1 or 2  
Unrelated  
10  
: When PC is except for JW50H/70H/100H  
0000 to 0777(8)  
: When PC is JW50H/70H/100H  
0000 to 0777(8)  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out current value of system memory (256 bytes max./one time)  
Function  
Read out current value that specified system memory  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
04(H) (RSM)  
1 or 2  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
When PC is ZW model  
When PC is JW model  
Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8) Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8)  
Segment 8 00200 to 00377(8) Segment 8 00200 to 02177(8)  
Write in system memory (256 bytes max./one time)  
Function  
Write in manual data to specified system memory  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
14(H) (WSM)  
2
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Stopping  
When PC is ZW model  
When PC is JW model  
10  
Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8) Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8)  
Segment 8 00200 to 00377(8) Segment 8 00200 to 02177(8)  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out program memory (512 steps max./one time)  
Function  
Read out contents that specified program memory using machine  
language.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
05(H) (RPM)  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
No  
Unrelated  
When PC is ZW model  
000000 to 076777(8)  
Address varies with memory  
capacity.  
When PC is JW50, JW50H  
000000 to 016777(8)  
When PC is JW70/100, JW70H/100H  
000000 to 076777(8), 100000 to 176777(8)  
Write in program memory (512 steps max./one time)  
Function  
Write in manual instruction words to specified program memory.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
15(H) (WPM)  
2
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Stopping  
When PC is ZW model  
10  
000000 to 076777(8)  
Address varies with memory  
capacity.  
When PC is JW50, JW50H  
000000 to 016777(8)  
When PC is JW70/100, JW70H/100H  
000000 to 076777(8), 100000 to 176777(8)  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Change the setting value of timer/counter (1 point unit)  
Function  
Change the assigned value of the timer/counter to any value.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
16(H) (CTC)  
2
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Assignable address  
Unrelated  
When PC is ZW model  
Segment 8 000000 to 076777(8)  
When PC is JW model  
Segment 9 000000 to 076777(8)  
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out operation status of PC  
Function  
Read out PC operation status of specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
20(H) (MPC)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
00(H)  
01(H)  
02(H)  
During operating  
Stop by other option module  
Stop by HALT(30(H)) command  
Stop/restart operation of PC  
Function  
Stop or restart PC’s operation of specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
Command code  
30(H) (HLT, RUN)  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
No  
Unrelated  
Operation condition of PC Data  
Stop operation  
00(H)  
10  
Restart operation  
01(H)  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out program memory capacity  
Function  
Read out program memory capacity of specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
21(H) (VLM)  
No  
Unrelated  
Memory capacity Data  
7.5 K Words 00(H)  
15.5 K Words 01(H)  
23.5 K Words 02(H)  
31.5 K Words 03(H)  
63 K Words 04(H)  
Set program memory capacity  
Function  
Write in system memory #204 for memory capacity that specified  
station.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
30(H) (SVL)  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
No  
Stopping  
Memory capacity Data  
7.5 K Words 00(H)  
15.5 K Words 01(H)  
23.5 K Words 02(H)  
31.5 K Words 03(H)  
63 K Words 04(H)  
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out status of write mode  
Function  
Read out status of write mode that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
22(H) (SWE)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
Write mode  
Data  
00(H)  
01(H)  
02(H)  
0
1
2
Set write mode  
Function  
Set write mode that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
32(H) (EWR)  
No  
Unrelated  
Write mode  
Data  
00(H)  
01(H)  
02(H)  
0
1
2
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out bit status of parameter memory  
Function  
Read out parameter memory status of ZW/JW-20CM that specified  
stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
Operation condition of PC  
08(H) (PML)  
Unrelated  
Set at link operation  
(Parameter address  
Unrelated  
007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM)  
Assignable address  
Data  
000000 to 007777(8)  
Set bit position  
Bit condition  
0 (OFF)  
Data  
00(H)  
01(H)  
Bit position  
Data  
0
to  
7
00(H)  
to  
1 (ON)  
07(H)  
Set/reset bit of parameter memory  
Function  
Set/reset parameter memory bit of ZW/JW-20CM that specified  
stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
18(H) (PWL)  
Operation condition of PC  
Stopping  
10  
Set at link operation  
(Parameter address  
Stop (Unrelated in case that set/reset of address 007777(8))  
007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM)  
Assignable address  
Data  
000000 to 007777(8)  
Set bit position  
Bit condition  
0 (OFF)  
Data  
00(H)  
01(H)  
Bit position  
Data  
00(H)  
to  
0
to  
7
1 (ON)  
07(H)  
10·14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out parameter memory contents  
Function  
Read out parameter memory contents of ZW/JW-20CM that specified  
stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
Operation condition of PC  
09(H) (PMR)  
Unrelated  
Set at link operation  
(Parameter address  
Unrelated  
007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM)  
Assignable address  
000000 to 007777(8)  
Write in parameter memory  
Function  
Write in manual data for parameter memory of ZW/JW-20CM that  
specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
19(H) (PMR)  
Operation condition of PC  
Stopping  
Set at link operation  
(Parameter address  
007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM)  
Stop (Unrelated in case that write in address 007777(8))  
000000 to 007777(8)  
Assignable address  
10  
10·15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out date (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Read out date that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
23(H) (MDY)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
Year  
Month  
Day  
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday  
00 01 02 03 04 05 06  
00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 31  
Write in date (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Set date that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
33(H) (SDY)  
1 or 2  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
10  
Year  
Month  
Day  
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday  
00 01 02 03 04 05 06  
00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 31  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out times (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Read out times that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
24(H) (MTM)  
No  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
Time  
Minute Second  
00 to 23 00 to 59 00 to 59  
Write in times (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Set times that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
34(H) (STM)  
1 or 2  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
Time  
Minute Second  
00 to 23 00 to 59 00 to 59  
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Correct time (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Correct time that specified stations.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
35(H) (ACL)  
1 or 2  
Writing mode assignment  
Operation condition of PC  
Data  
Unrelated  
Operate clock  
00  
Stop clock  
01  
Correct 30 sec.  
08  
10  
· "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or  
disabled.  
0: Writing prohibited  
1: Enable writing only to data memory  
2: Enable writing all data.  
No setting: Enable writing in any mode  
10·18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Read out data by F-200 instruction  
Function  
Read out data that specified station using application instructions F-  
200.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
40(H) (F200)  
Operation condition of PC  
Unrelated  
Write in data by F-201 instruction  
Function  
Write in data that specified station using application instructions F-  
201.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
50(H) (F201)  
Unrelated  
Operation condition of PC  
Read out data by SEND instructions (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Read out data that specified station using SEND instructions.  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
Operation condition of PC  
41(H) (SNDF)  
Unrelated  
Read out data by RECEIVE instructions (PC of JW model)  
Function  
Request data that specified station using RECEIVE instructions.  
10  
Letters in brackets are  
command name of BASIC  
mode.  
Command code  
Operation condition of PC  
51(H) (RCVF)  
Unrelated  
10·19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 11 Support Tools  
The following support tools are available to record (store), and load the contents of the parameter memory.  
(Make sure to save the set parameters onto a floppy diskette.)  
Model name  
Ladder software (JW-50SP)  
Applicable floppy diskettes  
3.5-inch 2DD/2HD, 5-inch 2DD/2HD  
3.5-inch 2DD  
Multipurpose programmer (JW-50PG)  
Ladder processor II (Z-100LP2S)  
3.5-inch 2DD  
11-1 Record and load by ladder software (JW-50SP)  
(1)Record  
① Stop operation of the JW-20CM  
　
Select “PC TRANS.”  
Select “Read.”  
Select “DL. M. stn. PARAM.” or “DL. S. stn.  
PARAM.”  
· Communication adaptor supplied  
with JW-50SP  
Set as the function setting condition of the  
connected network module.  
Convertor supplied with JW-50SP  
· Control module connection cable  
After selecting “PC stop,” press the “Enter”  
key.  
② Record onto the personal computer  
After stopping operation, record the parameters of the JW-20CM onto the memory of the personal  
computer.  
Select “Read out PARAM” and press the “Enter” key.  
Start reading to memory of the personal computer.  
11  
③ Start operation of the JW-20CM  
After recording the parameters onto the personal computer, start operation of the JW-20CM.  
After selecting “Start write EEPROM” or “Execution  
start,” press the “Enter” key.  
Start operation of the JW-20CM  
After selecting “PC Run,” press the “Enter” key.  
Start PC operation  
11·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
④ Record onto a floppy diskette  
Write (record) the memory contents of the personal computer onto a floppy diskette.  
Select “FD TRANS.”  
Select “Save.”  
Select “DL. M. PARAM.” or “DL. S. PARAM.”  
Set as the function setting condition of the  
connected network module.  
Input a file name to record.  
Input comments.  
Press the “Enter” key.  
Start recording onto the floppy diskette.  
11  
11·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2) Load  
① Load to the personal computer  
Load the contents of the floppy diskette into the memory of the personal computer.  
Select “FD TRANS.”  
Select “Load.”  
Select a file name.  
Press the “Enter” key.  
Start loading into the personal computer.  
② Stop operation of the JW-22CM  
After stopping operation, load the memory contents  
of the personal computer into the JW-20CM.  
Select “PC TRANS.”  
Select “Write.”  
· Communication adaptor supplied  
with JW-50SP  
Convertor supplied with JW-50SP  
· Control module connection cable  
Select “DL M. stn. PARAM.” or “DL S. stn.  
PARAM.”  
Set as the function setting condition of the  
connected network module.  
After selecting “PC stop,” press the “Enter” key.  
After selecting “Execution stop,” press the  
“Enter” key.  
11  
11·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ Load to the JW-20CM  
After stopping operation, load the memory contents of the personal computer into the JW-20CM.  
After selecting “Parameter writing,” press  
the “Enter” key.  
Start loading into the JW-20CM.  
④ Start operation of the JW-20CM  
After loading the parameters from the personal computer, start operation of the JW-20CM.  
After selecting “Start: write EEPROM” or  
“Execution start,” press the “Enter” key.  
Start operation of the JW-20CM  
After selecting “PC Run,” press the “Enter” key.  
Start PC operation  
11  
11·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11-2 Remote function  
(1)Remote programming and remote monitor  
This paragraph describes the operation procedure of any other station's PC which is connected in the  
satellite net. The following support tools are available:  
Hand-held programmer..................JW-13PG/12PG  
Multipurpose programmer..............JW-50PG  
Ladder software .............................JW-50SP  
Note 1  
• If the JW-20CM remotely programs or monitors the new JW30H model (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/  
33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3), they should be used in the combination below.  
JW30H  
Conventional models  
JW50H/70H/100H  
(Support tool)  
JW-13PG (with B mark)  
JW-50SP  
JW-20CM  
(with 30Hn  
mark)  
JW-22CM  
(with 30Hn mark)  
If the JW-20CM, to which a support tool is connected, has a 30H sticker, the JW-20CM will identify  
the new JW30H model as conventional model (JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH).  
If the JW-20CM, to which a support tool is connected, does not have a 30H 30Hn sticker, it must  
be used with the following limitations.  
Ex.:  
· If the JW-13PG has a B sticker, it will identify the new JW30H model as JW20H (JW-22CU).  
· If a support tool JW-50SP is used, it will identify the new JW30H model properly. However, it  
cannot handle the secret function.  
• If the JW-20CM remotely programs or monitors the conventional JW30H model (JW-31CUH/32CUH/  
33CUH), they should be used in the combination below.  
JW30H  
Conventional models  
JW50H/70H/100H  
(Support tool)  
JW-13PG (with B mark)  
JW-50SP  
JW-22CM  
(with 30H  
30Hn mark)  
JW-20CM  
(with 30H  
30Hn mark)  
11  
If the JW-20CM, to which a support tool is connected, does not have a 30H 30Hn sticker, it must  
be used with the following limitations.  
Ex.:  
· If a support tool JW-13PG is used, it will identify the conventional JW30H model as JW20H (JW-  
22CU).  
· If a support tool JW-50SP is used, it will identify the conventional JW30H model properly. However,  
it cannot handle the secret function.  
11·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note 2  
• If you want to use the remote programming and monitoring functions with the JW50H/70H/100H,  
use the modules in the combinations shown below. If they are arranged in some other fashion, you  
cannot use the JW50H/70H/100H expansion function properly (with the JW50/70/100).  
JW50H/70H/100H  
JW13PG/12PG  
JW-20CM  
JW-20RS  
JW-20CM  
JW-50SP  
Ex.: If remote programming or remote monitoring is executed with the combination below (enter 200(8)  
or 201(8) at station A system memory address #0201), there are the following limitations:  
· TMR/CNT1000 to 1777 will not be displayed properly.  
· You will be unable to write/insert/delete programs using the TMR/CNT instructions.  
JW50H/70H/100H  
Station A  
JW-20CM  
Programmer  
· If ① is a ZW-20CM and ② is a  
JW-12PG.  
①
②
· If ① is a ZW/JW-20CM and ②  
is a JW-11PG.  
(
)
① Function  
<Standard network connection>  
Support  
tool  
n – 2  
n – 1  
n
n + 1  
n + 2  
Satellite net  
<Expansion network connection>  
11  
Support  
tool  
※
n + 2  
n – 2  
n – 1  
n
n + 1  
m
m + 1 m + 2  
※ The JW-22CM is unusable as a junction station (“n  
+ 2” station and “m” station in the figure above).  
Use JW30H (JW-22CM), JW50H/70H/100H (JW-  
20CM)  
Satellite net  
The following operations are possible for “n” station and other stations using a support tool which  
is connected to the “n” station for standard/expansion network connection.  
· Change program  
· Monitor  
Writing data (change program) during operation of the PC is not available for  
hazard prevention reasons. Stop operation of the PC prior to writing data.  
· Change of parameter memory (only available for JW-13PG/12PG)  
11·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② Operation example  
This paragraph describes an operation example using the multipurpose programmer: JW-50PG.  
For operations with other support tools, see the attached instruction manuals.  
(JW-50PG)  
• Connect the JW-50PG to the JW-20CM on  
the satellite net.  
• Set communication mode  
Set the communication mode of the JW-50PG to “Network CONCT.” and this enables remote  
programming and remote monitor.  
Select “Initial setting.”  
Select “COM. set.”  
Select “Network CONCT.”  
(JW-50PG)  
• Network setting  
Select whether the target station for remote  
programming or remote monitor is on the  
standard network connection or on the  
extension network connection.  
12(8)  
00(8)  
10(8)  
11(8)  
01(8)  
02(8)  
03(8)  
In the case below, 10 to 12(8) are standard  
network connections. 01 to 03(8) are extension  
network connections.  
Satellite net  
11  
11·7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
<Standard network connection>  
Set “standard” in network configuration.  
Set “satellite net” or “SUMINET” in target station model.  
Set the target station number (00 to 77(8)).  
<Expansion network connection>  
(JW-50PG)  
(8) (Junction station)  
12  
Target station  
(8)  
00  
(8)  
(8)  
10  
11  
(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
01  
02  
03  
Satellite net  
0
1
2
3
Satellite net  
Slot number  
Set “extension” in network configuration.  
Set “satellite net” or ”SUMINET” in junction station model.  
Set the target station number (00 to 77(8)).  
(In the case of the above figure: 02(8))  
Set the junction station number (00 to 77(8)).  
(In the case of the above figure: 12(8))  
Set the junction station rack number.  
(Keep the initial value “0”)  
11  
Set the station slot number.  
Set the installed slot number of the master  
station on the target station side. In the case  
of the above figure: 3.  
11·8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Parameter setting by remote function  
This paragraph describes how to set the parameters of other stations’ network module connected on  
the satellite net.  
This is only available when the target station is within the standard network connection.  
Usable support tools are JW-13PG/12PG.  
<An operation example using the JW-13PG>  
① Connect the programmer to the network module  
Connect the programmer to the network  
module on the satellite net.  
② Setting mode  
Select initial mode.  
Display initial mode.  
→
③ Assign the link  
Assign the parameter setting remotely.  
→ Select “LINK” in initial.  
→
→
Select display mode of “1PG, 2PG1 MODE” in specified link.  
Select “TARGET STA.” in 1PG, 2PG1 MODE.  
④ Setting target station  
Select the target station to set the parameter remotely.  
Change the code from hexadecimal(H) display to octal(O) display and input the target  
station (00(8) to 77(8)).  
→
11  
⑤ Communication with the target station  
Initiate communication with the target station.  
→
11·9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
⑥ Setting parameter  
After finishing communication with the target station, set the parameters remotely.  
Return to initial menu.  
→
Turn the PC of the target station to program mode (stop PC operation).  
Select “PARAM.” in the initial mode.  
<<In case of remote I/O function>>  
Display contents of parameter address 003777(8).  
→
Write in 00(H), stop operation of the JW-20CM.  
→
<<In case of data link function>>  
Display contents of parameter address 007777(8).  
→
→ Write in 00(H), stop operation of the JW-20CM.  
Input address  
→
Display contents of address to set the parameters.  
Setting parameter remotely.  
→
Input setting value  
⑦ Writing to the EEPROM, start operation  
After setting the parameter remotely in step ⑥, write 81(H) at parameter address 003777(8) (when  
at remote I/O function), or at 00777(8) (when at data link function), to start the "writing operation to  
EEPROM."  
11  
11·10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 12 Specifications  
12-1 JW-20CM  
(1)General specifications  
Item  
Specifications  
Storage temperature  
Ambient temperature  
Ambient humidity  
Vibration resistance  
Shock resistance  
Internal power consumption  
Weight  
– 20 to + 70° C  
0 to + 55° C  
35 to 90%RH (without moisture condensation)  
JIS-C-0911 equivalent (X,Y, Z, 2 hours in each)  
JIS-C-0911 equivalent  
465 mA (5VDC)  
Approx. 450g  
Accessories  
One instruction manual , One setting label  
[Outline dimension drawings]  
(Unit : mm)  
JW-20CM  
COMM  
ＳＯ  
Ｓ１  
Ｓ２  
Ｓ３  
Ｓ４  
Ｓ５  
Ｓ６  
Ｓ７  
SD  
RD  
CD  
LT  
TEST  
ERROR  
FAULT  
MODE  
STA.NO  
×10  
×1  
LT  
(ON）  
→
LG  
(ON）  
→
12  
LINK FUNCTION  
STATION NO.  
３３.５  
１０５  
12·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)Communication specifications  
Item  
Specification  
Communication method  
Transmission rate  
Token/passing  
1.25M bits/s  
JIS X-5014 high level data link control procedure (HDLC) frame  
configuration compatible  
Transmission format  
Coding method  
Check method  
Sync method  
NRZI (Non Return To Zero Inverted)  
CRC  
Bit synchronous  
Modulation method  
Communication network  
system  
Continuous frequency phase modulation (FSK)  
Bus type  
Module side: BNC receptacle (jack)  
Line side: BNC plug  
Connectors  
Coaxial cable: 5C-2V (JIS · C-3501)  
Characteristics impedance: 75 ohm  
Total cable distance: 1 km max.  
Transmission line  
12  
12·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)Specifications of each function  
① Specifications of remote I/O slave station  
Item  
Specification  
No. of remote I/O slave station 63 sets max.  
Total no. of remote I/O points 4096 points max.  
Per station 64 points : Total of 63 stations  
4032 points  
Fix allocation  
Per station 128 points : Total of 32  
stations 4096 points  
No. of remote I/O points  
Per station 8 to 1024 points : Total of  
4096 points  
Manual allocation  
Communicates synchronously with the  
PC's I/O processing cycle.  
Operation synchronous  
Synchronous method with PC  
operation  
Communicates separate with the PC's  
I/O processing cycle.  
Operation asynchronous  
② Data link specifications  
Specification  
Register link  
Item  
Relay link  
No. of data link stations  
ZW-PC  
JW-PC  
64 sets max.  
File 0  
(000000 to 005777(8))  
File 0 (000000 to 015777(8))  
File 1 to 7 (000000 to 177777(8))  
Link area  
File 0  
(000000 to 007777(8))  
2048 points max.  
(256 bytes)  
Total no. of link points  
Total no. of  
2048 bytes max.  
2048 bytes max.  
512 bytes max.  
2048 points max.  
(256 bytes)  
Standard function  
sending/receiving  
points per slave  
station  
Memory capacity 512 points max.  
save function  
(64 bytes)  
Communication mode  
N:M communication  
12  
③ Computer link specifications  
Item  
Specification  
No. of link stations  
64 sets max.  
Communication data size  
Communication control  
1024 bytes max./packet *  
According to the host computer command  
Read/write of data memory  
Read/write of program memory  
PC control  
Control contents  
* The amount of data attributed to the command, or response. The term "packet" refers to the  
value for each station.  
12·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12-2 JW-20RS  
(1)General specifications  
Item  
Storage temperature  
Ambient temperature  
Ambient humidity  
Vibration resistance  
Shock resistance  
Internal power consumption  
Weight  
Specifications  
– 20 to + 70° C  
0 to + 55° C  
35 to 90%RH (without moisture condensation)  
JIS-C-0911 equivalent (X,Y, Z , 2 hours in each)  
JIS-C-0911 equivalent  
600 mA (5VDC)  
Approx. 570g  
[Outline dimension drawings]  
(Unit : mm)  
ZW-20RS  
COMM  
ＳＯ  
Ｓ１  
Ｓ２  
Ｓ３  
Ｓ４  
Ｓ５  
Ｓ６  
Ｓ７  
SD  
RD  
CD  
LT  
TEST  
ERROR  
FAULT  
MODE  
STA.NO  
×10  
×1  
LT  
(ON）  
→
LG  
(ON）  
→
STATION NO.  
12  
３３.５  
１０５  
(2)Communication specifications  
Communication specifications is same as JW-20CM.  
(See page 12·2)  
12·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 13 Appendix  
13-1 Maintenance and check  
Check wiring, installation, and switch settings.  
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
System configuration  
Check item  
Not parallel with or proximate to high voltage lines  
or strong power lines.  
Branch lines (drop cable) are within 400 mm.  
Total length is less than 1 km.  
No damage or breaks in cables.  
Connectors are securely assembled.  
Connectors are securely connected and locked.  
Insulation covers are put on connectors.  
Securely tighten the module retention screws.  
A ground line is connected with the GND terminal.  
Securely tighten the module retention screws.  
Memory module is appropriately installed.  
Securely tighten the module retention screws.  
No other cables than the communication cable and  
DC input cables are input in the same duct.  
Basic rack panel is appropriately installed.  
Securely tighten the module retention screws.  
Mode switches are appropriately set.  
13  
Station number switches are appropriately set (00 to 77(8)).  
Termination resistance switches are appropriately set.  
Shield ground switches are appropriately set.  
Parameters are appropriately set.  
ON  
13·1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13-2 Switch setting table  
(1)JW-20CM (network module)  
Data link  
Data link (standard function)  
computer link  
(memory capacity  
save function)  
computer link  
Remote I/O  
Set at delivery  
Master station  
Slave station  
Slave station  
1
0
0
2
2
0
C
E
A
MODE  
0
0
0
2
6
4
8
0
0
0 to 7  
0 to 7  
01  
7
9
6
4
STA.NO.  
×10  
01  
to  
77(8)  
2 1  
3
to  
77(8)  
8
7
9
0 to 7  
0 to 7  
6
4
×1  
2 1  
3
Turn ON both ends stations  
of the communication circuit.  
Turn OFF other stations.  
L T  
Turn ON both ends stations of the communication circuit. Turn  
OFF other stations.  
(ON)  
OFF  
ON  
L G  
(ON)  
Set ON/OFF shield grand Set ON/OFF shield grand  
(2)JW-20RS (remote I/O slave module)  
Set at delivery  
When a ZW model I/O When a JW model I/O  
module is used  
module is used  
C
A
1
2
MODE  
2
0
0
6
4
9
STA.NO.  
×10  
0 to 7  
0 to 7  
(01 to 77(8))  
×1  
L T  
Turn ON both ends stations of the  
communication circuit. Turn OFF other stations.  
(ON)  
OFF  
ON  
L G  
(ON)  
Set ON/OFF shield grand  
Output holding switch  
HOLD RST  
When a ZW model I/O  
module is used  
When a JW model I/O  
module is used  
HOLD · · · Latch output  
HOLD  
RST  
· · · Output all OFF  
13  
13·2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13-3 Parameter memory table  
(1)JW-20CM  
① Remote I/O  
○ : Setting is necessary (1/6)  
JW-PC  
ZW-PC  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Address(8)  
Manual Fix Manual  
Fix  
(Operations when a slave station error occurs)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 0)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops  
(Communication  
method)  
001(8)  
002(8)  
004(8)  
Asynchronous  
005(8) • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
Synchronism  
operation (communication).  
006(8)  
011(8)  
012(8)  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
Remote I/O  
operation mode  
Asynchronous  
Synchronism  
000000  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops  
• The PC also stops operation. (Mode 0)  
• Remote I/O operation (communication) stops  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 1)  
• Only normal slave stations will continue  
operation (communication).  
○
○
○
○
014(8)  
015(8)  
016(8)  
• The PC continues operation. (Mode 2)  
No. of slave  
station  
connected  
(1 to 63 sets)  
000001  
In case of 30 sets → 030(D)  
(Decimal, bytes)  
• Initial value of the address 000000, 000001(8) are 00(H).  
13  
13·3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2/6)  
ZW-PC  
Fix Manual  
Setting method  
(value, example)  
JW-PC  
Manual  
Set contents  
Address(8)  
000002  
Fix  
• When using the fixed allocation mode, put the  
top address of the remote I/O in this register.  
• When using the manual allocation mode, put  
the top address of the remote I/O in the slave  
station 01 in this register.  
When ｺ0200,  
(Octal, word)  
○
○
○
○
set to 000200(8)  
000003  
When ｺ0300,  
set to 000300(8)  
000004  
000005  
Set remote I/O top address of slave station 02  
－
○
－
○
(Octal, word)  
• Use the addresses 000006 to 000177(8) listed below when the manual allocation mode is selected. These  
addresses cannot be used in the fixed allocation mode.  
Address(8)  
Address (8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Remote I/O top address of slave station 03  
(same as 000004, 000005)  
Remote I/O top address of slave station 40  
(same as 000004, 000005)  
000006, 000007  
000100, 000101  
000010, 000011  
000012, 000013  
000014, 000015  
000016, 000017  
000020, 000021  
000022, 000023  
000024, 000025  
000026, 000027  
000030, 000031  
000032, 000033  
000034, 000035  
000036, 000037  
000040, 000041  
000042, 000043  
000044, 000045  
000046, 000047  
000050, 000051  
000052, 000053  
000054, 000055  
000056, 000057  
000060, 000061  
000062, 000063  
000064, 000065  
000066, 000067  
000070, 000071  
000072, 000073  
000074, 000075  
000076, 000077  
000102, 000103  
000104, 000105  
000106, 000107  
000110, 000111  
000112, 000113  
000114, 000115  
000116, 000117  
000120, 000121  
000122, 000123  
000124, 000125  
000126, 000127  
000130, 000131  
000132, 000133  
000134, 000135  
000136, 000137  
000140, 000141  
000142, 000143  
000144, 000145  
000146, 000147  
000150, 000151  
000152, 000153  
000154, 000155  
000156, 000157  
000160, 000161  
000162, 000163  
000164, 000165  
000166, 000167  
000170, 000171  
000172, 000173  
000174, 000175  
000176, 000177  
04 (same as 000004, 000005)  
05 (same as 000004, 000005)  
06 (same as 000004, 000005)  
07 (same as 000004, 000005)  
10 (same as 000004, 000005)  
11 (same as 000004, 000005)  
12 (same as 000004, 000005)  
13 (same as 000004, 000005)  
14 (same as 000004, 000005)  
15 (same as 000004, 000005)  
16 (same as 000004, 000005)  
17 (same as 000004, 000005)  
20 (same as 000004, 000005)  
21 (same as 000004, 000005)  
22 (same as 000004, 000005)  
23 (same as 000004, 000005)  
24 (same as 000004, 000005)  
25 (same as 000004, 000005)  
26 (same as 000004, 000005)  
27 (same as 000004, 000005)  
30 (same as 000004, 000005)  
31 (same as 000004, 000005)  
32 (same as 000004, 000005)  
33 (same as 000004, 000005)  
34 (same as 000004, 000005)  
35 (same as 000004, 000005)  
36 (same as 000004, 000005)  
37 (same as 000004, 000005)  
41 (same as 000004, 000005)  
42 (same as 000004, 000005)  
43 (same as 000004, 000005)  
44 (same as 000004, 000005)  
45 (same as 000004, 000005)  
46 (same as 000004, 000005)  
47 (same as 000004, 000005)  
50 (same as 000004, 000005)  
51 (same as 000004, 000005)  
52 (same as 000004, 000005)  
53 (same as 000004, 000005)  
54 (same as 000004, 000005)  
55 (same as 000004, 000005)  
56 (same as 000004, 000005)  
57 (same as 000004, 000005)  
60 (same as 000004, 000005)  
61 (same as 000004, 000005)  
62 (same as 000004, 000005)  
63 (same as 000004, 000005)  
64 (same as 000004, 000005)  
65 (same as 000004, 000005)  
66 (same as 000004, 000005)  
67 (same as 000004, 000005)  
70 (same as 000004, 000005)  
71 (same as 000004, 000005)  
72 (same as 000004, 000005)  
73 (same as 000004, 000005)  
74 (same as 000004, 000005)  
75 (same as 000004, 000005)  
76 (same as 000004, 000005)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 000002 to 000177(8) are all 00(H).  
13·4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3/6)  
ZW-PC  
Fix Manual  
JW-PC  
Manual  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Fix  
64 points (8 bytes), no. of slave stations:  
max. 63 sets.  
128 points (16 bytes), no. of slave stations:  
max. 32 sets.  
00(H)  
01(H)  
000200 Slave station I/O points  
Number of I/O bytes of slave  
○
－
－
○
○
－
－
○
(Decimal, bytes)  
In case of 50 bytes → 050(D)  
000201  
station 01 (1 to 128 bytes)  
• Use the addresses 000202 to 000277(8) listed below when the manual allocation mode is selected. These  
addresses cannot be used in the fixed allocation mode.  
Address(8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Number of I/O bytes of slave station 02  
(same as 000201)  
Number of I/O bytes of slave station 40  
(same as 000201)  
000202  
000240  
000203  
000204  
000205  
000206  
000207  
000210  
000211  
000212  
000213  
000214  
000215  
000216  
000217  
000220  
000221  
000222  
000223  
000224  
000225  
000226  
000227  
000230  
000231  
000232  
000233  
000234  
000235  
000236  
000237  
000241  
000242  
000243  
000244  
000245  
000246  
000247  
000250  
000251  
000252  
000253  
000254  
000255  
000256  
000257  
000260  
000261  
000262  
000263  
000264  
000265  
000266  
000267  
000270  
000271  
000272  
000273  
000274  
000275  
000276  
000277  
03 (same as 000201)  
04 (same as 000201)  
05 (same as 000201)  
06 (same as 000201)  
07 (same as 000201)  
10 (same as 000201)  
11 (same as 000201)  
12 (same as 000201)  
13 (same as 000201)  
14 (same as 000201)  
15 (same as 000201)  
16 (same as 000201)  
17 (same as 000201)  
20 (same as 000201)  
21 (same as 000201)  
22 (same as 000201)  
23 (same as 000201)  
24 (same as 000201)  
25 (same as 000201)  
26 (same as 000201)  
27 (same as 000201)  
30 (same as 000201)  
31 (same as 000201)  
32 (same as 000201)  
33 (same as 000201)  
34 (same as 000201)  
35 (same as 000201)  
36 (same as 000201)  
41 (same as 000201)  
42 (same as 000201)  
43 (same as 000201)  
44 (same as 000201)  
45 (same as 000201)  
46 (same as 000201)  
47 (same as 000201)  
50 (same as 000201)  
51 (same as 000201)  
52 (same as 000201)  
53 (same as 000201)  
54 (same as 000201)  
55 (same as 000201)  
56 (same as 000201)  
57 (same as 000201)  
60 (same as 000201)  
61 (same as 000201)  
62 (same as 000201)  
63 (same as 000201)  
64 (same as 000201)  
65 (same as 000201)  
66 (same as 000201)  
67 (same as 000201)  
70 (same as 000201)  
71 (same as 000201)  
72 (same as 000201)  
73 (same as 000201)  
74 (same as 000201)  
75 (same as 000201)  
76 (same as 000201)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 000200 to 000277(8) are all 00(H).  
13·5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(4/6)  
ZW-PC  
Fix Manual  
JW-PC  
Manual  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Address(8)  
Fix  
Blanks between slave  
stations 1 and 2  
(Decimal, bytes)  
000301  
In case of 100 bytes → 100(D)  
○
－
○
－
(0 to 255 bytes)  
• Use the addresses 000302 to 000376(8) listed below when the fixed allocation mode is selected. These  
addresses cannot be used in the manual allocation mode.  
Address(8)  
Address (8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Blanks between slave stations 2 and 3  
(same as 000301)  
Blanks between slave stations 41 and 42  
(same as 000301)  
000341  
000302  
000303  
000304  
000305  
000306  
000307  
000310  
000311  
000312  
000313  
000314  
000315  
000316  
000317  
000320  
000321  
000322  
000323  
000324  
000325  
000326  
000327  
000330  
000331  
000332  
000333  
000334  
000335  
000336  
000337  
000340  
3 and 4 (same as 000301)  
4 and 5 (same as 000301)  
5 and 6 (same as 000301)  
6 and 7 (same as 000301)  
7 and 10 (same as 000301)  
10 and 11 (same as 000301)  
11 and 12 (same as 000301)  
12 and 13 (same as 000301)  
13 and 14 (same as 000301)  
14 and 15 (same as 000301)  
15 and 16 (same as 000301)  
16 and 17 (same as 000301)  
17 and 20 (same as 000301)  
20 and 21 (same as 000301)  
21 and 22 (same as 000301)  
22 and 23 (same as 000301)  
23 and 24 (same as 000301)  
24 and 25 (same as 000301)  
25 and 26 (same as 000301)  
26 and 27 (same as 000301)  
27 and 30 (same as 000301)  
30 and 31 (same as 000301)  
31 and 32 (same as 000301)  
32 and 33 (same as 000301)  
33 and 34 (same as 000301)  
34 and 35 (same as 000301)  
35 and 36 (same as 000301)  
36 and 37 (same as 000301)  
37 and 40 (same as 000301)  
40 and 41 (same as 000301)  
000342  
000343  
000344  
000345  
000346  
000347  
000350  
000351  
000352  
000353  
000354  
000355  
000356  
000357  
000360  
000361  
000362  
000363  
000364  
000365  
000366  
000367  
000370  
000371  
000372  
000373  
000374  
000375  
000376  
42 and 43 (same as 000301)  
43 and 44 (same as 000301)  
44 and 45 (same as 000301)  
45 and 46 (same as 000301)  
46 and 47 (same as 000301)  
47 and 50 (same as 000301)  
50 and 51 (same as 000301)  
51 and 52 (same as 000301)  
52 and 53 (same as 000301)  
53 and 54 (same as 000301)  
54 and 55 (same as 000301)  
55 and 56 (same as 000301)  
56 and 57 (same as 000301)  
57 and 60 (same as 000301)  
60 and 61 (same as 000301)  
61 and 62 (same as 000301)  
62 and 63 (same as 000301)  
63 and 64 (same as 000301)  
64 and 65 (same as 000301)  
65 and 66 (same as 000301)  
66 and 67 (same as 000301)  
67 and 70 (same as 000301)  
70 and 71 (same as 000301)  
71 and 72 (same as 000301)  
72 and 73 (same as 000301)  
73 and 74 (same as 000301)  
74 and 75 (same as 000301)  
75 and 76 (same as 000301)  
76 and 77 (same as 000301)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 000301 to 000376(8) are all 00(H).  
13·6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(5/6)  
ZW-PC  
JW-PC  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Address(8)  
Manual  
Manual  
Fix  
Fix  
Bit address  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Slave station I/O type  
• Use 0 (OFF, for ZW  
models) or 1 (ON,  
for JW models) in  
the corresponding  
bits for each station  
number listed on  
the right.  
• When the slave station 01 to 04(8)  
I/Os are ZW models and slave station  
05 to 77(8) I/Os are JW models.  
000400 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 －  
000401 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10  
000402 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20  
000403 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30  
000404 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40  
000405 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50  
000406 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60  
000407 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70  
000400  
to  
000407  
(Address)  
000400  
000401  
to  
(Bit pattern)  
11100000  
11111111  
to  
－
－
○
○
－
－
000407  
－
11111111  
000600 Slave station number (00 to 77(8))  
Upper 4 bits: rack number (0, 1)  
000600 Data register  
000601  
Lower 4 bits: slot number (00 to 0F(H))  
to  
address of special  
000602 Number of data bytes (01 to 64(D))  
Register top address (file address)  
000603 I/O module (No. 1)  
000603  
D7 bit: 1 (Set), 0 (Not set)  
• Set the addresses 000600 to 000777(8) when the master station PC is JW model and uses a special I/O  
module for slave station.  
Address(8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Data register address of special I/O (No. 2)  
(same as 000600 to 000603)  
Data register address of special I/O (No.18)  
(same as 000600 to 000603)  
000604 to 000607  
000704 to 000707  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.19)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.20)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.21)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.22)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.23)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.24)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.25)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.26)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.27)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.28)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.29)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.30)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.31)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.32)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 3)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 4)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 5)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 6)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 7)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 8)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 9)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.10)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.11)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.12)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.13)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.14)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.15)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.16)  
(same as 000600 to 000603) (No.17)  
000610 to 000613  
000614 to 000617  
000620 to 000623  
000624 to 000627  
000630 to 000633  
000634 to 000637  
000640 to 000643  
000644 to 000647  
000650 to 000653  
000654 to 000657  
000660 to 000663  
000664 to 000667  
000670 to 000673  
000674 to 000677  
000700 to 000703  
000710 to 000713  
000714 to 000717  
000720 to 000723  
000724 to 000727  
000730 to 000733  
000734 to 000737  
000740 to 000743  
000744 to 000747  
000750 to 000753  
000754 to 000757  
000760 to 000763  
000764 to 000767  
000770 to 000773  
000774 to 000777  
• Initial value of the address 000400 to 000407(8) are all FF(H). Initial value of 000600 to 000777(8) are all  
00(H).  
13  
13·7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(6/6)  
ZW-PC  
Fix Manual  
JW-PC  
Manual  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Fix  
003764  
003765  
003766  
003767  
When ｺ0200, set to 000200(8)  
(Set by file address)  
(Octal, word)  
003764  
to  
003767  
Flag top address  
(Hexadecimal,  
byte)  
When file No. 2, set to 02  
(H)  
00(H): Do not output flag  
80(H): Output flag  
Stop operation of the remote I/O  
Start operation of the remote I/O  
00(H)  
01(H)  
○
○
－
－
Writing to EEPROM or operation  
of the module/stop operation  
80(H)  
003777  
Writing to EEPROM or operation  
of the module/start operation  
81(H)  
08(H)  
Initialize parameter setting value  
• Initial value of the address 003764 to 003767(8) are all 00(H). Initial value of 003777(8) are all 01(H).  
13  
13·8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
② Data link master station  
(1/7)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Address(8)  
Store the mis-setting slave station number in the  
master station  
000000  
－
－
004000 Top address of relay link area in the master  
004001 station  
004002 Set function (relay/register link)  
004003 Amount of connectable stations (2 to 64 stations)  
When ｺ1000, set to 001000(8)  
(Octal, word)  
(Set by file address)  
Fixed to 01(H)  
01(H)  
(Decimal, byte)  
When 12 stations, set to 012(D)  
When ｺ1200, set to 001200(8)  
004004  
• When slave station 01(8) is set to data  
link (the standard function), top  
address of the relay link area on slave  
station 01(8) are as shown at right.  
(Octal, word)  
00(H)  
(Set by file address)  
004005  
004006  
004007  
※
004004  
to  
00(H):In this case the same as the master station  
80(H):In this case different from the master station  
004004  
004005  
004006  
004007  
• When slave station 01(8) is set to data  
link (the memory capacity save  
function), number of offset bytes of  
relay link area on slave station 01(8)  
are shown at right.  
(Decimal, word)  
When 100 bytes, set to 00100(D)  
004007  
00(H)  
80(H)  
※ When 00(H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the  
setting value of 004004 to 004005(8).  
Address(8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Top address or number of offset bytes  
on slave station 02(8)  
Top address or number of offset bytes  
on slave station 40(8)  
004010 to 004013  
004200 to 004203  
(same as 004004 to 004007).  
(same as 004004 to 004007).  
41(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
42(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
43(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
44(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
45(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
46(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
47(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
50(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
51(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
52(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
53(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
54(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
55(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
56(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
57(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
60(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
61(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
62(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
63(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
64(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
65(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
66(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
67(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
70(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
71(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
72(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
73(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
74(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
75(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
76(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
77(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
004014 to 004017  
004020 to 004023  
004024 to 004027  
004030 to 004033  
004034 to 004037  
004040 to 004043  
004044 to 004047  
004050 to 004053  
004054 to 004057  
004060 to 004063  
004064 to 004067  
004070 to 004073  
004074 to 004077  
004100 to 004103  
004104 to 004107  
004110 to 004113  
004114 to 004117  
004120 to 004123  
004124 to 004127  
004130 to 004133  
004134 to 004137  
004140 to 004143  
004144 to 004147  
004150 to 004153  
004154 to 004157  
004160 to 004163  
004164 to 004167  
004170 to 004173  
004174 to 004177  
004204 to 004207  
004210 to 004213  
004214 to 004217  
004220 to 004223  
004224 to 004227  
004230 to 004233  
004234 to 004237  
004240 to 004243  
004244 to 004247  
004250 to 004253  
004254 to 004257  
004260 to 004263  
004264 to 004267  
004270 to 004273  
004274 to 004277  
004300 to 004303  
004304 to 004307  
004310 to 004313  
004314 to 004317  
004320 to 004323  
004324 to 004327  
004330 to 004333  
004334 to 004337  
004340 to 004343  
004344 to 004347  
004350 to 004353  
004354 to 004357  
004360 to 004363  
004364 to 004367  
004370 to 004373  
004374 to 004377  
03(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
04(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
05(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
06(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
07(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
10(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
11(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
12(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
13(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
14(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
15(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
16(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
17(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
20(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
21(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
22(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
23(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
24(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
25(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
26(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
27(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
30(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
31(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
32(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
33(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
34(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
35(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
36(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
37(8) (same as 004004 to 004007)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 004000 to 004377(8) are all 00(H).  
13·9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2/7)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
004400  
004401  
004402  
004403  
When 09000(8), set to 004000(8)  
(Set by file address)  
(Octal, word)  
Top address of register link area in the master  
station  
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
00(H)  
• When slave station 01(8) is set to data  
link (the standard function), top  
address of the register link area on  
slave station 01(8) are as shown at  
right.  
004404  
004405  
004406  
004407  
When 29000, set to 006000(8)  
(Octal, word)  
(Set by file address)  
※
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
004404  
to  
00(H): In this case the same as the master station  
80(H): In this case different from the master station  
• When slave station 01(8) is set to data  
link (the memory capacity save  
function), number of offset bytes of  
register link area on slave station 01(8)  
are shown at right.  
004404  
004405  
004406  
004407  
When 100 bytes, set to 00100(D)  
004407  
(Decimal, word)  
00(H)  
80(H)  
※ When 00(H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the  
setting value of 004404 to 004405(8).  
Address(8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Top address or number of offset bytes  
on slave station 02(8)  
Top address or number of offset bytes on  
slave station 40(8)  
004410 to 004413  
004600 to 004603  
(same as 004404 to 004407).  
(same as 004404 to 004407).  
004414 to 004417  
004420 to 004423  
004424 to 004427  
004430 to 004433  
004434 to 004437  
004440 to 004443  
004444 to 004447  
004450 to 004453  
004454 to 004457  
004460 to 004463  
004464 to 004467  
004470 to 004473  
004474 to 004477  
004500 to 004503  
004504 to 004507  
004510 to 004513  
004514 to 004517  
004520 to 004523  
004524 to 004527  
004530 to 004533  
004534 to 004537  
004540 to 004543  
004544 to 004547  
004550 to 004553  
004554 to 004557  
004560 to 004563  
004564 to 004567  
004570 to 004573  
004574 to 004577  
03(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
04(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
05(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
06(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
07(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
10(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
11(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
12(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
13(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
14(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
15(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
16(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
17(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
20(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
21(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
22(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
23(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
24(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
25(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
26(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
27(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
30(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
31(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
32(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
33(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
34(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
35(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
36(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
37(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
004604 to 004607  
004610 to 004613  
004614 to 004617  
004620 to 004623  
004624 to 004627  
004630 to 004633  
004634 to 004637  
004640 to 004643  
004644 to 004647  
004650 to 004653  
004654 to 004657  
004660 to 004663  
004664 to 004667  
004670 to 004673  
004674 to 004677  
004700 to 004703  
004704 to 004707  
004710 to 004713  
004714 to 004717  
004720 to 004723  
004724 to 004727  
004730 to 004733  
004734 to 004737  
004740 to 004743  
004744 to 004747  
004750 to 004753  
004754 to 004757  
004760 to 004763  
004764 to 004767  
004770 to 004773  
004774 to 004777  
41(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
42(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
43(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
44(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
45(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
46(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
47(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
50(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
51(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
52(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
53(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
54(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
55(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
56(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
57(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
60(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
61(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
62(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
63(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
64(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
65(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
66(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
67(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
70(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
71(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
72(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
73(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
74(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
75(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
76(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
77(8) (same as 004404 to 004407)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 004400 to 004777(8) are all 00(H).  
13·10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3/7)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
005000  
005001  
005002  
005003  
Number of sending bytes of master station relay  
link area  
(Decimal, word)  
When 8 bytes, set to 00008(D)  
Number of sending bytes of slave station 01(8)  
relay link area  
(Decimal, word)  
Address(8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Number of sending bytes of slave station  
02(8) relay link area  
Number of sending bytes of slave station  
40(8) relay link area  
005100 to 005101  
005004 to 005005  
(same as 005002 to 005003).  
(same as 005002 to 005003).  
41(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
42(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
43(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
44(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
45(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
46(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
47(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
50(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
51(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
52(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
53(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
54(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
55(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
56(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
57(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
60(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
61(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
62(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
63(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
64(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
65(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
66(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
67(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
70(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
71(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
72(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
73(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
74(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
75(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
76(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
77(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
03(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
04(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
05(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
06(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
07(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
10(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
11(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
12(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
13(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
14(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
15(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
16(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
17(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
20(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
21(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
22(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
23(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
24(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
25(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
26(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
27(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
30(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
31(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
32(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
33(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
34(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
35(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
36(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
37(8) (same as 005002 to 005003)  
005102 to 005103  
005104 to 005105  
005106 to 005107  
005110 to 005111  
005112 to 005113  
005114 to 005115  
005116 to 005117  
005120 to 005121  
005122 to 005123  
005124 to 005125  
005126 to 005127  
005130 to 005131  
005132 to 005133  
005134 to 005135  
005136 to 005137  
005140 to 005141  
005142 to 005143  
005144 to 005145  
005146 to 005147  
005150 to 005151  
005152 to 005153  
005154 to 005155  
005156 to 005157  
005160 to 005161  
005162 to 005163  
005164 to 005165  
005166 to 005167  
005170 to 005171  
005172 to 005173  
005174 to 005175  
005176 to 005177  
005006 to 005007  
005010 to 005011  
005012 to 005013  
005014 to 005015  
005016 to 005017  
005020 to 005021  
005022 to 005023  
005024 to 005025  
005026 to 005027  
005030 to 005031  
005032 to 005033  
005034 to 005035  
005036 to 005037  
005040 to 005041  
005042 to 005043  
005044 to 005045  
005046 to 005047  
005050 to 005051  
005052 to 005053  
005054 to 005055  
005056 to 005057  
005060 to 005061  
005062 to 005063  
005064 to 005065  
005066 to 005067  
005070 to 005071  
005072 to 005073  
005074 to 005075  
005076 to 005077  
13  
• Initial value of the address 005000 to 005177(8) are all 00(H).  
13·11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(4/7)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
005200  
005201  
005202  
005203  
Number of sending bytes of master station register  
link area  
(Decimal, word)  
When 64 bytes, set to 00064(D)  
Number of sending bytes of slave station 01(8)  
register link area  
(Decimal, word)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Number of sending bytes of slave station  
40(8) register link area  
Number of sending bytes of slave station  
02(8) register link area  
005204 to 005205  
005300 to 005301  
(same as 005202 to 005203).  
(same as 005202 to 005203).  
005206 to 005207  
005210 to 005211  
005212 to 005213  
005214 to 005215  
005216 to 005217  
005220 to 005221  
005222 to 005223  
005224 to 005225  
005226 to 005227  
005230 to 005231  
005232 to 005233  
005234 to 005235  
005236 to 005237  
005240 to 005241  
005242 to 005243  
005244 to 005245  
005246 to 005247  
005250 to 005251  
005252 to 005253  
005254 to 005255  
005256 to 005257  
005260 to 005261  
005262 to 005263  
005264 to 005265  
005266 to 005267  
005270 to 005271  
005272 to 005273  
005274 to 005275  
005276 to 005277  
005302 to 005303  
005304 to 005305  
005306 to 005307  
005310 to 005311  
005312 to 005313  
005314 to 005315  
005316 to 005317  
005320 to 005321  
005322 to 005323  
005324 to 005325  
005326 to 005327  
005330 to 005331  
005332 to 005333  
005334 to 005335  
005336 to 005337  
005340 to 005341  
005342 to 005343  
005344 to 005345  
005346 to 005347  
005350 to 005351  
005352 to 005353  
005354 to 005355  
005356 to 005357  
005360 to 005361  
005362 to 005363  
005364 to 005365  
005366 to 005367  
005370 to 005371  
005372 to 005373  
005374 to 005375  
005376 to 005377  
41(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
42(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
43(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
44(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
45(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
46(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
47(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
50(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
51(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
52(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
53(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
54(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
55(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
56(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
57(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
60(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
61(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
62(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
63(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
64(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
65(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
66(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
67(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
70(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
71(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
72(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
73(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
74(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
75(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
76(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
77(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
03(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
04(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
05(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
06(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
07(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
10(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
11(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
12(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
13(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
14(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
15(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
16(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
17(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
20(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
21(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
22(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
23(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
24(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
25(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
26(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
27(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
30(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
31(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
32(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
33(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
34(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
35(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
36(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
37(8) (same as 005202 to 005203)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 005200 to 005377(8) are all 00(H).  
13·12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Set addresses 007501 to 007577(8) when a JW model is used. The setting is not required when a ZW  
model is used.  
(5/7)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of  
slave station 01(8) (0.1 to 25.5 sec.)  
007501  
When 10 second, set to 100(D)  
(Decimal, byte)  
Address(8)  
Address (8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE  
instruction of slave station 02(8)  
(Same as 007501)  
Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE  
instruction of slave station 40(8)  
(Same as 007501)  
007540  
007502  
41(8) (same as 007501)  
42(8) (same as 007501)  
43(8) (same as 007501)  
44(8) (same as 007501)  
45(8) (same as 007501)  
46(8) (same as 007501)  
47(8) (same as 007501)  
50(8) (same as 007501)  
51(8) (same as 007501)  
52(8) (same as 007501)  
53(8) (same as 007501)  
54(8) (same as 007501)  
55(8) (same as 007501)  
56(8) (same as 007501)  
57(8) (same as 007501)  
60(8) (same as 007501)  
61(8) (same as 007501)  
62(8) (same as 007501)  
63(8) (same as 007501)  
64(8) (same as 007501)  
65(8) (same as 007501)  
66(8) (same as 007501)  
67(8) (same as 007501)  
70(8) (same as 007501)  
71(8) (same as 007501)  
72(8) (same as 007501)  
73(8) (same as 007501)  
74(8) (same as 007501)  
75(8) (same as 007501)  
76(8) (same as 007501)  
77(8) (same as 007501)  
007541  
007542  
007543  
007544  
007545  
007546  
007547  
007550  
007551  
007552  
007553  
007554  
007555  
007556  
007557  
007560  
007561  
007562  
007563  
007564  
007565  
007566  
007567  
007570  
007571  
007572  
007573  
007574  
007575  
007576  
007577  
007503  
007504  
007505  
007506  
007507  
007510  
007511  
007512  
007513  
007514  
007515  
007516  
007517  
007520  
007521  
007522  
007523  
007524  
007525  
007526  
007527  
007530  
007531  
007532  
007533  
007534  
007535  
007536  
007537  
03(8) (same as 007501)  
04(8) (same as 007501)  
05(8) (same as 007501)  
06(8) (same as 007501)  
07(8) (same as 007501)  
10(8) (same as 007501)  
11(8) (same as 007501)  
12(8) (same as 007501)  
13(8) (same as 007501)  
14(8) (same as 007501)  
15(8) (same as 007501)  
16(8) (same as 007501)  
17(8) (same as 007501)  
20(8) (same as 007501)  
21(8) (same as 007501)  
22(8) (same as 007501)  
23(8) (same as 007501)  
24(8) (same as 007501)  
25(8) (same as 007501)  
26(8) (same as 007501)  
27(8) (same as 007501)  
30(8) (same as 007501)  
31(8) (same as 007501)  
32(8) (same as 007501)  
33(8) (same as 007501)  
34(8) (same as 007501)  
35(8) (same as 007501)  
36(8) (same as 007501)  
37(8) (same as 007501)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 007501 to 007577(8) are all 00(H).  
13·13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Set addresses 007601 to 007677(8) when a JW model is used. The setting is not required when a ZW  
model is used.  
(6/7)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
00(H)  
80(H)  
PC is ZW model or JW model, ZW-20CM is  
without JW sign.  
PC is ZW model, ZW-20CM is with JW sign  
and JW-20CM.  
007601  
PC model of slave station 01(8)  
81(H)  
91(H)  
PC is JW model, ZW-20CM is with JW  
model and JW-20CM/JW-22CM  
Address (8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set contents  
PC model of slave station 02(8)  
PC model of slave station 40(8)  
(Same as 007601)  
007640  
007602  
(Same as 007601)  
41(8) (same as 007601)  
42(8) (same as 007601)  
43(8) (same as 007601)  
44(8) (same as 007601)  
45(8) (same as 007601)  
46(8) (same as 007601)  
47(8) (same as 007601)  
50(8) (same as 007601)  
51(8) (same as 007601)  
52(8) (same as 007601)  
53(8) (same as 007601)  
54(8) (same as 007601)  
55(8) (same as 007601)  
56(8) (same as 007601)  
57(8) (same as 007601)  
60(8) (same as 007601)  
61(8) (same as 007601)  
62(8) (same as 007601)  
63(8) (same as 007601)  
64(8) (same as 007601)  
65(8) (same as 007601)  
66(8) (same as 007601)  
67(8) (same as 007601)  
70(8) (same as 007601)  
71(8) (same as 007601)  
72(8) (same as 007601)  
73(8) (same as 007601)  
74(8) (same as 007601)  
75(8) (same as 007601)  
76(8) (same as 007601)  
77(8) (same as 007601)  
007641  
007642  
007643  
007644  
007645  
007646  
007647  
007650  
007651  
007652  
007653  
007654  
007655  
007656  
007657  
007660  
007661  
007662  
007663  
007664  
007665  
007666  
007667  
007670  
007671  
007672  
007673  
007674  
007675  
007676  
007677  
007603  
007604  
007605  
007606  
007607  
007610  
007611  
007612  
007613  
007614  
007615  
007616  
007617  
007620  
007621  
007622  
007623  
007624  
007625  
007626  
007627  
007630  
007631  
007632  
007633  
007634  
007635  
007636  
007637  
03(8) (same as 007601)  
04(8) (same as 007601)  
05(8) (same as 007601)  
06(8) (same as 007601)  
07(8) (same as 007601)  
10(8) (same as 007601)  
11(8) (same as 007601)  
12(8) (same as 007601)  
13(8) (same as 007601)  
14(8) (same as 007601)  
15(8) (same as 007601)  
16(8) (same as 007601)  
17(8) (same as 007601)  
20(8) (same as 007601)  
21(8) (same as 007601)  
22(8) (same as 007601)  
23(8) (same as 007601)  
24(8) (same as 007601)  
25(8) (same as 007601)  
26(8) (same as 007601)  
27(8) (same as 007601)  
30(8) (same as 007601)  
31(8) (same as 007601)  
32(8) (same as 007601)  
33(8) (same as 007601)  
34(8) (same as 007601)  
35(8) (same as 007601)  
36(8) (same as 007601)  
37(8) (same as 007601)  
13  
• Initial value of the address 007601 to 007677(8) are all 91(H).  
13·14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(7/7)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
00(H)  
80(H)  
00(H)  
81(H)  
00(H)  
82(H)  
00(H)  
83(H)  
Instruction system  
Data memory start system  
Instruction system  
Data memory start system  
Instruction system  
Data memory start system  
Instruction system  
CH0  
CH1  
CH2  
CH3  
007700  
007701  
007702  
007703  
007710  
007711  
007712  
007700  
to  
007703  
System of each cannel in  
SEND/RECEIVE function  
Data memory start system  
When ｺ1100 to set to 001100(8)  
(Set by file address)  
(Octal, word)  
Top addresses in communication  
information storage area when using  
data memory starting system of  
SEND/RECEIVE functions  
007710  
to  
007713  
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
When file number is 0, set to 00(H)  
This setting is valid by 80(H)  
007713  
Bit address  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Connection condition of slave station  
• Turn ON the corresponding bit of  
connected station number (01 to  
77(8)) from the list at right.  
• 00(8) of master station (0 bit of  
address 000750)  
• When connecting slave station 00  
to 04(8) and output error code:  
007750 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00  
007751 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10  
007752 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20  
007753 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30  
007754 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40  
007755 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50  
007756 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60  
007757 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70  
007750  
to  
007757  
(Address) (Bit pattern)  
007750 － 00011111  
007751 － 00000000  
to  
to  
At ON: Output error code  
At OFF: Do not output error code.  
007757 － 00000000  
00(H)  
Do not output  
Output  
Whether the station number information should  
be output or not  
007763  
01(H)  
007764  
When ｺ0200, set to 000200(8)  
(Octal, word)  
(Set by file address)  
007764  
to  
007767  
007765  
Flag area top address on the master  
station  
When file number is 2, set to 02(H)  
007766  
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
00(H): Do not output flag  
80(H): Output flag  
007767  
Communication error detection interval  
When 600 ms, set to 006(D)  
Set in 100 ms unit  
007771  
007777  
(Decimal, bytes)  
Stop operation of the data link  
00(H)  
01(H)  
80(H)  
81(H)  
08(H)  
Start operation of the data link  
Writing to EEPROM or operation stop operation  
Writing to EEPROM or operation start operation  
Initialize parameter setting value  
13  
• See page 9·33 for initial value of the addresses above.  
13·15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
③ Data link slave station  
(1/2)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of  
master station (0.1 to 25.5 sec.)  
007500  
(Octal, byte) When 10 second, set to 100(D)  
Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of  
slave station 01 to 77(8)  
(See page 13·13 same as data link master station)  
007501  
to  
007577  
PC is ZW model or JW model, ZW-  
20CM is without JW sign.  
00(H)  
80(H)  
PC is ZW model, ZW-20CM is with  
JW sign and JW-20CM.  
PC is JW model, ZW-20CM is with  
JW sign and JW-20CM/JW-22CM  
PC model of master station  
007600  
81(H)  
91(H)  
007601  
to  
007677  
PC model of slave station 01 to 77(8)  
(See page 8·6 same as data link master station)  
Same as 007600  
00(H)  
80(H)  
00(H)  
81(H)  
00(H)  
82(H)  
00(H)  
83(H)  
Instruction system  
Data memory start system  
Instruction system  
Data memory start system  
Instruction system  
Data memory start system  
Instruction system  
CH0  
CH1  
CH2  
CH3  
007700  
007700  
to  
007703  
007701  
007702  
007703  
007710  
007711  
007712  
007713  
System of each cannel in  
SEND/RECEIVE function  
Data memory start system  
(Octal, word)  
Top addresses in communication  
information storage area when using  
data memory starting system of  
SEND/RECEIVE functions  
007710  
to  
007713  
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
This setting is valid by 80(H)  
007720  
007721  
007722  
007723  
Number of receiving bytes of relay link in memory  
capacity save function  
Set 00008(D) for 8 bytes  
(Octal, byte)  
Number of receiving bytes of register link in  
memory capacity save function  
Set 00064(D) or 64 bytes  
(Octal, byte)  
(Octal, word)  
When ｺ1200 set to 001200(8)  
(Set by file address)  
007730  
007731  
007732  
007733  
Top address of relay link area in  
memory capacity save function  
007730  
to  
007733  
00(H)  
00(H)  
When 09000 set to 004000(8)  
(Set by file address)  
When file number is 0, set to 00(H)  
007734  
007735  
007736  
007737  
Top address of register link area in  
memory capacity save function  
(Octal, word)  
007734  
to  
007737  
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
13  
00(H)  
00(H)  
01(H)  
Do not output  
Output  
Whether the station number information  
should be output or not  
007763  
007764  
When ｺ0600, set to 000600(8)  
(Octal, word)  
(Set by file address)  
007764  
to  
007767  
007765  
Top address of flag area on each  
slave station  
When file number is 2, set to 02(H)  
007766  
(Hexadecimal, byte)  
00(H): Do not output flag  
80(H): Output flag  
007767  
32 stations max.: 250 ms, 33 stations  
min.: 450 ms  
Set in 100 ms unit  
00(D)  
Communication error detection interval  
007771  
007777  
001 to 255(D)  
00(H)  
Stop operation of the data link  
Start operation of the data link  
Writing to EEPROM or operation stop operation  
Writing to EEPROM or operation start operation  
Initialize parameter setting value  
01(H)  
80(H)  
81(H)  
08(H)  
※ Set in case that slave station is JW-20CM only.  
13·16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)JW-20RS  
○ : Setting is necessary (1/2)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value)  
Address(8)  
JW-I/O ZW-I/O  
00(H) Dummy I/O points is none  
01(H) Dummy I/O points is 16 (2 bytes)  
02(H) Dummy I/O points is 32 (4 bytes)  
03(H) Dummy I/O points is 48 (6 bytes)  
04(H) Dummy I/O points is 64 (8 bytes)  
05(H) Dummy I/O points is 80 (10 bytes)  
06(H) Dummy I/O points is 96 (12 bytes)  
07(H) Dummy I/O points is 112 (14 bytes)  
08(H) Dummy I/O points is 128 (16 bytes)  
09(H) Dummy I/O points is 144 (18 bytes)  
0A(H) Dummy I/O points is 160 (20 bytes)  
0B(H) Dummy I/O points is 176 (22 bytes)  
0C(H) Dummy I/O points is 192 (24 bytes)  
0D(H) Dummy I/O points is 208 (26 bytes)  
0E(H) Dummy I/O points is 224 (28 bytes)  
0F(H) Dummy I/O points is 240 (30 bytes)  
Set number of dummy I/O points  
Rack number: 0  
D7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Slot: 1  
Slot: 0  
○
－
000000  
• Set vacant 2 slots  
• Set only in case of manual I/O table  
registration  
• For address 000000(8), set 00(H)  
• Use addresses 000001 to 000017(8) listed below when the I/Os are the JW type.  
If ZW type I/Os are used, no setting is required.  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set number of dummy I/O points  
Rack number: 0  
Set number of dummy I/O points  
Rack number: 1  
000001  
D7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
000010  
D7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Slot: 3  
Slot: 2  
Slot: 1  
Slot: 0  
(Setting method is same as 000000(8).)  
(Setting method is same as 000000(8).)  
Slot: 5  
Slot: 7  
Slot: 9  
Slot: B  
Slot: D  
Slot: F  
Slot: 4  
Slot: 6  
Slot: 8  
Slot: A  
Slot: C  
Slot: E  
Slot: 3  
Slot: 5  
Slot: 7  
Slot: 9  
Slot: B  
Slot: D  
Slot: F  
Slot: 2  
Slot: 4  
Slot: 6  
Slot: 8  
Slot: A  
Slot: C  
Slot: E  
000002  
000003  
000004  
000005  
000006  
000007  
000011  
000012  
000013  
000014  
000015  
000016  
000017  
13  
• Initial value of the address 000000 to 000017(8) are all 00(H).  
13·17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2/3)  
JW-I/O ZW-I/O  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value)  
JW-12S, JW-13S,  
JW-32S  
91(H) 16 points output  
JW-32SC, JW-33S,  
JW-34S, JW-35S  
92(H) 32 points output  
94(H) 64 points output  
(JW-62SC)  
Set kinds of I/O module  
Rack number: 0  
Slot number: 0  
Vacant slot 00  
↑
00(H)  
Lower bits are dummy I/O points  
JW-11N, JW-12N,  
JW-13N  
○
－
• Set 1 slot  
000100  
A1(H) 16 points output  
• Set only in case of manual I/O  
registration  
JW-31N, JW-32N,  
JW-34N, JW-34NC  
A2(H) 32 points output  
A4(H) 64 points output  
• For address 000100(8), set 00(H)  
(JW-64NC)  
JW-2DA, JW-8AD,  
JW-31LM  
D1(H) Special I/O module  
F1(H) Special I/O module  
JW-2HC,  
JW-11DU/12DU  
• Use addresses 000101 to 000137(8) listed below when the I/Os are the JW type, and the register module  
type and number of dummy I/O points can be set using the arbitrary I/O registration mode.  
If ZW type I/Os are used, no setting is required.  
Set contents  
Address(8)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Set kinds of I/O module  
Set kinds of I/O module  
Rack number: 0  
Slot number: 1  
Rack number: 0  
Slot number: 1  
000120  
000101  
• For address 000100 , set 00  
(Setting method is same as 000100)※  
• For address 000100(8), set 00(H)  
(Setting method is same as 000100)※  
(8)  
(H)  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 1 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 2 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 3 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 4 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 5 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 6 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 7 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 8 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 9 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: A ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: B ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: C ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: D ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: E ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: F ※  
000121  
000122  
000123  
000124  
000125  
000126  
000137  
000130  
000131  
000132  
000133  
000134  
000135  
000136  
000137  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 2 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 3 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 4 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 5 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 6 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 7 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 8 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: 9 ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: A ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: B ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: C ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: D ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: E ※  
Rack number: 0, Slot number: F ※  
000102  
000103  
000104  
000105  
000106  
000107  
000110  
000111  
000112  
000113  
000114  
000115  
000116  
000117  
13  
• Initial value of the address 000100 to 000137(8) are all 00(H).  
13·18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3/3)  
Address(8)  
Set contents  
Setting method (value, example)  
Upper 4 bits: rack  
JW-I/O  
ZW-I/O  
number  
D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
000100 Max. rack, slot number  
Lower 4 bits: rack  
number  
Slot: 1 Slot: 0  
Both the number of dummy IO points,  
and the type of I/O modules can be  
set arbitrarily.  
60(H)  
64(H)  
Set the number of dummy I/O points  
arbitrarily, and set the type of I/O  
modules autumatically.  
—
○
000100 Normal I/O table registration  
Set the number of dummy I/O points  
arbitrarily, and set the type of I/O  
modules automatically.  
65(H)  
00(H)  
This normally ends the setting  
procedure.  
00(H)  
03(H)  
Auto registration  
Auto I/O table registaration when  
power lights ON  
001002  
Prohibit auto registration  
001004  
When ｺ0200, set to 000200(8) by file  
address  
Remote I/O top address  
001005  
(Octal, word)  
00(H)  
45(H)  
No check  
Check  
003750 Check No. of I/O bytes  
—
○
No. of I/O bytes (0 to 128 bytes)  
003752  
• When 003750 is set to "00(H):  
Do not check," these addresses  
do not have to be set.  
(Decimal, word) When 100 bytes, set to 00100(D)  
003753  
Stop operation of the remote I/O  
Stop operation of the remote I/O  
00(H)  
01(H)  
Writing to EEPROM or operation  
003777 of the module/stop operation  
80(H)  
————  
○
○
Writing to EEPROM or operation  
of the module/stop operation  
81(H)  
08(H)  
Initialize parameter setting value  
• Set page 8·19 for initial values of the addresses above.  
13  
13·19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13-4 Address map of data memory  
(File 0)  
Memory address  
Setting range  
Bit address(8) Byte address(8) File address(8)  
W70H  
W100H  
JW50/70/100  
JW50H/70H/100H  
1 address =  
1 points  
1 address = 1 address = 8  
8 points  
points  
ｺ
00000  
to  
000000  
to  
0000  
to  
I/O relay  
03777  
ｺ
ｺ
000377  
3777  
04000  
to  
000400  
to  
0400  
to  
Auxilialy  
relay  
06777  
000677  
ｺ
ｺ
0677  
07000  
to  
07777  
000700  
to  
000777  
0700  
to  
0777  
Latched  
relay  
ｺ
ｺ
Relay link  
area  
General  
purpose  
relay  
10000  
to  
15777  
001000  
to  
001577  
1000  
to  
1577  
Register  
ｺ
Register  
link area  
Relay link link area  
area  
T· C000  
to  
T· C777  
001600  
to  
001777  
TMR/CNT  
contact  
Flag area  
Flag area  
TMR/CNT/-  
MD current  
value  
b1000  
to  
b1777  
002000  
to  
003777  
09000  
to  
09777  
004000  
to  
004777  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
19000  
to  
19777  
005000  
to  
005777  
29000  
to  
29777  
006000  
to  
006777  
39000  
to  
39777  
007000  
to  
007777  
49000  
to  
49777  
010000  
to  
010777  
13  
59000  
to  
59777  
011000  
to  
011777  
69000  
to  
69777  
012000  
to  
012777  
79000  
to  
79777  
013000  
to  
013777  
89000  
to  
89777  
014000  
to  
014777  
99000  
to  
015000  
to  
99777  
015777  
13·20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Memory address  
Setting range  
Bit address(8) Byte address(8) File address(8)  
W70H  
W100H  
JW50/70/100  
JW50H/70H/100H  
1 address =  
1 points  
1 address = 1 address = 8  
8 points  
points  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 1  
Register  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 2  
Register  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 3  
Register  
Register link area  
Flag area  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 4  
Register  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 5  
Register  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 6  
Register  
000000  
to  
177777  
File 7  
Register  
· Addresses 07300 to 07377(8) and addresses 15760 to 15767(8) (bit address) are special relay areas. Do  
not use them as a data link area.  
· The addresses that can be used vary with the PC model and capacity. For details, see the instruction  
manual for reach model.  
· The usable file numbers will vary with the memory module that is installed on the PC.  
Name of memory module  
ZW-1MA, JW-1MAH  
ZW-2MA, JW-2MAH  
ZW-3MA, JW-3MAH  
ZW-4MA, JW-4MAH  
Usable file numbers  
0 or 1※  
※ If file number is 1, file address  
shall be within 000000 to  
037777(8).  
0 or 1  
0, 1, 2  
0, 2, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
13  
13·21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13-5 Instructions used with the F200 and F201 link function  
(1) F-200  
F-200  
→ PORT  
Write to a port  
[ ※ 1]  
F-200  
→POR  
@ S  
PORTn  
TASKn  
Symbol  
Transfer task number "n" and PC memory data (set the top address  
using @S) to a ZW/JW-20CM at port "n."  
Function  
Operation contents  
Contents of @S (Set S to S+6 using the PC)  
Resister  
Top address for  
sending data  
File address (lower bit)  
(upper bit)  
S
S+1  
n
n+1  
n+2  
n+3  
S+2  
File number  
S+3  
Number of bytes transferred  
S+4  
Receive station's station number  
S+5  
000(8)  
Reserved  
000(8)  
S+6  
S+7  
Not fixed  
S+10(8)  
S+11(8)  
(reserved)  
n+  
S to S+2: Set the top address for sending data using the file number  
and file address.  
S+3: Number of data bytes to transfer from the PC to JW-20CM.  
Set to 000 to 255(D). (000(D) equals 256 bytes.)  
S+4: Station number at which data is received. Set 000 to 077(8) using  
octal notation.  
S+5, S+6: Reserved area. Set 000(8).  
S+7 to S+11(8): Reserved area. Status from a port (not fixed).  
Setting range for  
TASK "n"  
Set to TASK 0.  
Setting range for  
PORT "n"  
Set a port number for the PC basic rack panel on which the ZW/JW-  
20CM is installed.  
(Ex.: JW-13BU)  
13  
Control module  
JW-20CM  
Power module  
Port No.  
②③④⑤  
13·22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting range for "S" PC model name  
W701H/100H  
JW50/70/100, JW50H/70H/100H  
Setting range  
ｺ0000 to ｺ1566  
b0000 to b1766  
09000 to 09766  
19000 to 19766  
ｺ0000 to ｺ1566  
b0000 to b1766  
09000 to 09766  
99000 to 99766  
E0000 to E1766  
[ ※ 2]  
Operation conditions  
Flag  
· Rising edge of the input signal (OFF to ON) [ ※ 3]  
· S+3 to S+11 are transferred regardless of the input signal condition.  
Non-carry Error  
Carry  
Zero  
Contents  
07354 07355 07356 07357  
No ZW/JW-20CM on the option board  
Waiting for a data transfer to a ZW/  
JW-20CM on the option board  
Completed a data transfer to a ZW/  
JW-20CM on the option board  
None of the above.  
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
[ ※ 1] The description for this instruction is for the ZW/JW-20CM only. It is different from the contents  
in the PC programming manual. The F-200 instruction can only be used for one ZW/JW-  
20CM module.  
[ ※ 2] Use ｺ0730 to ｺ0737 for special relays.  
[ ※ 3] When the F-200 instruction is turned ON, the non carry (07354) will be kept ON until the data  
transfer to the number 2 port memory is complete. If the F-200 instruction is turned ON while  
the non carry is ON, the data following this instruction will be invalid.  
Note: The F-200 instruction will not receive a response from the opposite station. Use the data link  
information for the response. Or, create a system for the data receive station to respond to  
the reception of the F-200 instruction.  
13  
13·23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2) F-201  
F-201  
PORT →  
Read from a port  
F-201  
POR→  
PORTn  
Symbol  
@ D  
TASKn  
Transfer task number "n" and PC memory data (set the top address  
using @S) to a ZW/JW-20CM at port "n."  
Function  
Operation contents  
Contents of @S (Set S to S+6 using the PC)  
Resister  
Top address for  
sending data  
File address (lower bit)  
(upper bit)  
D
D+1  
n
n+1  
n+2  
n+3  
D+2  
File number  
D+3  
Number of bytes transferred  
D+4  
000(8)  
D+5  
000(8)  
000(8)  
Reserved  
D+6  
D+7  
Receive station's station number  
Completed receiving flag  
D+10(8)  
D+11(8)  
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
Not fixed  
Reserved (not fixed)  
D to D+2: Set the top address for sending data using the file number  
and file address.  
D+3: Number of data bytes to transfer from the PC to JW-20CM.  
Set to 000 to 255(D). (000(D) equals 256 bytes.)  
D+4 to D+6: Reserved area. Set 000(8).  
D+7: Station number at which data is sent. Set from ZW/JW-20CM  
D+10(8): Station number at which data is sent. Set from ZW/JW-20CM  
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
Flag  
D+11(8): Reserved area. Status from a port (not fixed). M  
Setting range for  
TASK "n"  
Set to TASK 1.  
13  
Setting range for  
PORT "n"  
Set a port number for the PC basic rack panel on which the ZW/JW-  
20CM is installed.  
(Ex.: JW-13BU)  
Control module  
JW-20CM  
Power module  
Port No.  
②③④⑤  
13·24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting range for "S" PC model name  
W70H/100H  
JW50/70/100, JW50H/70H/100H  
Setting range  
ｺ0000 to ｺ1566  
b0000 to b1766  
09000 to 09766  
19000 to 19766  
ｺ0000 to ｺ1566  
b0000 to b1766  
09000 to 09766  
29000 to E1766  
[ ※ 2]  
Operation conditions  
· Rising edge of the input signal (OFF to ON) [※ 3]  
Non-carry Error  
Carry  
Zero  
Flag  
[※4]  
Contents  
07354 07355 07356 07357  
No ZW/JW-20CM on the option board  
Waiting for a data transfer from a ZW/  
JW-20CM  
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
Completed a data transfer from a ZW/  
JW-20CM  
None of the above.  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
[ ※ 1] The description for this instruction is for the ZW/JW-20CM only. It is different from the contents  
in the PC programming manual. The F-201 instruction can only be used for one ZW/JW-  
20CM module.  
[ ※ 2] Use ｺ0732 to ｺ0737 for special relays.  
[ ※ 3] When the F-200 instruction is turned ON, the non carry (07354) will be kept ON until the data  
transfer to the number 2 port memory is complete. Even if the JW-20CM receives data from  
an other station using the F-200 instruction, it will remain inside the ZW/JW-20CM until the  
F-201 input signal changes ON from OFF, and the following data sent by the F-200 instruction  
will not be received. If the PC power is turned OFF, the data currently being received will be  
turned OFF.  
[ ※ 4] If the JW-20CM receives data using a continuous stream of F-200 instruction, the receive  
completion flag D+10(8) may not turn OFF. In this case use both the receive completion flag  
and the carry (07356) when programming.  
13  
13·25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13-6 Application instruction using instruction system  
(1) F-202  
F-202  
OPCH  
Open Channel  
F-202  
OPCH CH·ST  
PORT  
Symbol  
n
file N  
Specify the target station for inter-PC data communications to be  
performed across the satellite net (ZW/JW-20CM). These instructions  
are used in conjunction with the F-204 (SEND) or F-205 (RCV)  
instructions.  
Function  
Input the port number of rack panel that installed on ZW/JW-20CM.  
Range of PORT  
Control module  
Power module  
JW-20CM  
Example: JW-13BU  
Port No.  
②③④⑤⑥⑦  
0 to 3 : Channel number for the specified port number. Available for use  
four times by classifying the same port numbers into CH0, CH1,  
CH2, and CH3 in the PC program.  
Range of CH  
Range of ST  
Range of file N  
Range of n  
Condition  
00 to 77(8) : Communication target station number. Set by octal.  
0 to 7 : Specify the PC data area (file number) of the communication  
target station. [ ※ ]  
000000 to 177777(8) : Specify the PC data top address (file address) of  
the communication target station. [ ※ ]  
When an input signal is ON, keep it ON until the flag is changed.  
13  
Flag  
Refer to F-204 and F-205 for the combination of F-204 and F-205. [※]  
• After turning ON the input signal of F-202, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the  
instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction  
ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when an F-202 instruction is given, it  
will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF  
and then ON again for recovery.  
[ ※ ] F-202 instructions must always be used in conjunction with the F-204 (SEND) or F-205 (RCV)  
instruction.  
13·26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(2)F-204  
F-204  
SEND  
Send Data  
[Explanation]  
14000  
F-204  
n
s
Symbol  
SEND  
Instruction  
F-202  
F-202  
2-0-01 file 0 04000  
005 09000  
OPCH  
Specify the first address and byte count  
of the send data for transmission across  
the satellite net.  
P.2  
C.0  
5.01  
04000  
Function  
F-204  
SEND  
F-204  
005  
S to S + n - 1  
Specified station  
Operation  
09000  
Range of n  
000 to 377(8) (256 bytes for 000(8))  
]0000 to ]1577  
b0000 to b1777  
09000 to 09777  
:
99000 to 99777  
E0000 to E1777  
@]0000 to @]1574  
@b0000 to @b1774  
@09000 to @09774  
:
@99000 to @99774  
@E0000 to  
When the input condition of 14000 changes from OFF to ON,  
this instruction sends the contents (5 bytes data) of registers  
09000 to 09004 file 0's file area beginning with address 04000  
(register 09000) on satellite net station 01, via CH0 of port No. 2.  
Range of S  
[*1]  
File 0  
When input signal is ON.  
Unchanged  
Condition  
09000 001  
09001 002  
09002 003  
09003 004  
09004 005  
09000 001  
09001 002  
09002 003  
09003 004  
09004 005  
Port 2  
01  
Contents  
of S  
Sending  
Response  
Communication  
contents  
Zero Carry Error Non-carry  
07357073560735507354  
No response  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
from port [*2]  
Communication  
jam [*3]  
Flag  
After  
Communication busy  
(waiting for response  
from target station)  
Nomal end  
operation Flag  
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
Abnomal end [*4]  
(communication  
error)  
Remote station  
write protected  
• Even addresses must always be used for indirect addressing (@ｺ0001, @b0173, etc. are  
prohibited).  
• For details of indirect addressing, see PC's programming manual.  
• F-204 instruction must always be used in conjunction with the F-202 (OPCH) instruction.  
• After turning ON the input signal of F-204, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the  
instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction  
ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when an F-204 instruction is given, it  
will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF  
and then ON again for recovery.  
13  
[*1] Setting range of “S” is for JW model PCs. For ZW model PCs, setting range is ｺ0000 to  
19777.  
[*2] In case that the network module of the assigned module number is not installed.  
[*3] In case that the channel is used with the other SEND/RECEIVE instruction.  
This instruction is executed after end of execution of the previously given instruction, and  
flag sign is changed into “communication busy” from “communication jam.”  
[*4] In case that response from the target station does not come within the time-out time.  
13·27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3) F-205  
F-205  
RCV  
Receive Data  
[Explanation]  
14003  
F-205  
Instruction  
Symbol  
n
D
RCV  
S T R  
F-202  
P.2  
F-202  
C.0  
S.04  
0
Specify the first address and byte count  
of the receive data for transmission  
across satellite net.  
2.0.04  
0
04000  
OPCH  
Function  
04000  
F-205  
006  
F-205  
RCV  
Specified station → D to D + n - 1　  
Operation  
006 19000  
19000  
Range of n  
000 to 377(8) (256 bytes for 000(8))  
When the input condition of 14003 changes from OFF to ON,  
this instruction reads 6 bytes of data from file 0's file area  
beginning with file address 04000 on satellite net station 04,  
via CH0 of port No. 2. The data read is stred to registers  
19000 to 19005.  
]0000 to ]1577 @]0000 to @]1574  
b0000 to b1777 @b0000 to @b1774  
09000 to 09777 @09000 to @09774  
Range of D  
[*1]  
:
:
99000 to 99777 @99000 to @99774  
0000 to 1777 @E0000 to @E1774  
E
E
Condition  
When input signal is ON.  
Unchanged  
Contents  
of D  
Specify target  
station  
Communication  
Zero Carry Error Non-carry  
07357 07356 07355 07354  
04  
contents  
Received data Port 2  
File 0  
09000 01  
Sending  
09000 01  
No response  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
from module [*2]  
Communication  
jam [*3]  
Communication busy  
(waiting for response  
from target station)  
Nomal end  
09001 04  
09002 07  
09003 10  
09004 20  
09005 30  
09001 04  
09002 07  
09003 10  
09004 20  
09005 30  
After  
operation  
Response  
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
Flag  
Abnomal end [*4]  
(communication  
error)  
• Even addresses must always be used for indirect addressing (@∫0001, @b0173, etc. are  
prohibited).  
• For details of indirect addressing, see PC's programming manual.  
• F-205 instruction must always be used in conjunction with the F-202 (OPCH) instruction.  
• After turning ON the input signal of F-205, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the  
instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction  
ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when an F-205 instruction is given, it  
will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF  
and then ON again for recovery.  
13  
[*1] Setting range of “S” is for JW model PCs. For ZW model PCs, setting range is ｺ0000 to  
19777.  
[*2] In case that the network module of the assigned module number is not installed.  
[*3] In case that the channel is used with the other SEND/RECEIVE instruction.  
This instruction is executed after end of execution of the previously given instruction, and  
flag sign is changed into “communication busy” from “communication jam.”  
[*4] In case that response from target station does not come within the time-out time.  
13·28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
[Example 2] In case of reading data of 8 bytes to slave station 01(8)  
Module number installing own station JW-20CM : 2  
Channel number using own station JW-20CM : 0  
Data area of slave station 01(8) : 0 (file number)  
Send top address of slave station 01(8) : Register 19000 (file address 05000(8))  
Receive data top address of own station : 09000  
Assign target  
station  
Own station register Receiving data  
Reading data Target station register  
0 9 0 0 0  
0 9 0 0 1  
0 9 0 0 2  
0 9 0 0 3  
0 9 0 0 4  
0 9 0 0 5  
0 9 0 0 6  
0 9 0 0 7  
1 9 0 0 0  
1 9 0 0 1  
1 9 0 0 2  
1 9 0 0 3  
1 9 0 0 4  
1 9 0 0 5  
1 9 0 0 6  
1 9 0 0 7  
0 0 1  
0 0 2  
0 0 3  
0 0 4  
0 0 5  
0 0 6  
0 0 7  
0 1 0  
0 0 1  
0 0 2  
0 0 3  
0 0 4  
0 0 5  
0 0 6  
0 0 7  
0 1 0  
Port 2  
CH0  
Sending  
Response  
0 1(8)  
Flag  
■ PC program  
Switch  
F–44  
F-32  
SET  
Set receiving relay (14000)  
↑
14000  
2-0-01  
010  
00000  
Port No.2, CH0, station number 01(8)  
File number 0  
File address 05000(8)  
Receiving relay  
F-202  
OPCH  
file 0  
005000  
14000  
Receiving data of 8 bytes stored register  
09000 and after  
F-205  
RCV  
09000  
0010  
Detect non-execution after turning ON  
power (Flag does not change for 1  
second)  
Non-carry Error Carry Zero  
TMR  
000  
14000 07354 07355 07356 07357  
F–44  
F-33  
↑
End of execution and the program resets  
14000  
14000  
RST  
T000  
Error  
13  
07355  
Carry  
07356  
13·29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Sennheiser Satellite Radio SISlO19A20 User Manual
Shark Vacuum Cleaner MV2010WC User Manual
Silvercrest Clock KH 2600 User Manual
Snapper Utility Vehicle 63178 User Manual
Sony Carrying Case MPK P1 User Manual
Sony DVD Player RMT D165P User Manual
Sony Home Theater System SA VE835ED User Manual
Sony Personal Computer PCV RS600 User Manual
Sunbeam Coffeemaker HDX23 33 User Manual
TANDBERG Digital Camera D5050302 User Manual